Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Euromoney Institutional Investor

Euromoney Institutional Investor

erm · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker erm
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · Euromoney Institutional Investor
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
80766 Cover   8/12/08  18:53  Page 1

www.euromoneyplc.com

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC
Nestor House, Playhouse Yard,
London EC4V 5EX

Annual Report & Accounts 2008

Euromoney
Institutional
Investor PLC

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

&
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

2
0
0
8

E
u
r
o
m
o
n
e
y

I
n
s
t
i
t
u
t
i
o
n
a
l

I
n
v
e
s
t
o
r

P
L
C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page ii

Welcome

to Euromoney

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC is listed on the London Stock
Exchange and is a member of the FTSE 250 share index. It is a leading
international business-to-business media group focused primarily on the
international finance, metals and commodities sectors. It publishes more
than 70 magazines, newsletters and journals, including Euromoney,
Institutional Investor and Metal Bulletin. It also runs an extensive portfolio
of conferences, seminars and training courses and is a leading provider of
electronic information and data covering international finance, metals and
commodities, and emerging markets. Its main offices are located in
London, New York, Montreal and Hong Kong and nearly half of its
revenues are derived from emerging markets.

Prin cip al  Bran ds

TMTM

Contents

Group

2 Highlights

2 Chairman’s Statement

7 Reconciliation of Group Income 
Statement to underlying results

8 Directors’ Report

22 Directors and Advisors

24 Corporate Governance

42 Independent Auditors’ Report

Company

44 Group Income Statement

45 Group Balance Sheet

46 Group Cash Flow Statement

47 Note to the Group Cash

Flow Statement

48 Group Statement of Recognised

Income and Expense

92 Independent Auditors’
Company Report

93 Company Balance Sheet

94 Notes to the Company Accounts

104 Five Year Record

105 Financial Calendar and

Shareholder Information

30 Directors’ Remuneration Report

49 Notes to the Accounts

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 1

Activities

Financial Publishing
Financial  publishing  includes  an  extensive
portfolio  of  titles  covering  the  international
capital  markets  as  well  as  a  number  of
specialist  financial  titles.  Products  include
magazines,  newsletters,  journals,  surveys  and
research, directories, and books. A selection of
the  company’s 
leading  financial  brands
includes:  Euromoney,  Institutional  Investor,
Euroweek,  Latin  Finance,  Asiamoney,  Global
Investor,  Project  Finance,  Futures  &  Options
World,  Total  Derivatives and  the  hedge  fund
titles  EuroHedge,  InvestHedge,  AsiaHedge,
Absolute Return and Alpha.

Business Publishing
The  business  publishing  division  produces
specialist  magazines  and  other  publications
covering  the  metals  and  mining,   energy 
and  legal  sectors.  Its  leading  brands  include:
Metal  Bulletin,  American  Metal  Market,
Petroleum Economist, World Oil, Hydrocarbon
Processing, International Financial Law Review,
International  Tax  Review  and  Managing
Intellectual Property.

Year  in  Brief

in-house,  under 

Training
The  training  division  runs  a  comprehensive
range  of  banking,  finance  and  legal  courses,
the
both  public  and 
Euromoney  and  DC  Gardner  brands.  Courses
are  run  all  over  the  world  for  both  financial
institutions  and  corporates.  In  addition  the
company’s  Boston-based  subsidiary,  MIS,  runs
a  wide  range  of  courses  for  the  audit  and
information security market.

Super  Bowl  of  Indexing®;  Global  ABS;  and
The  Annual  ABS  East  Conference  for  the
asset-backed  securities  market.  In  the  energy
sector,  the  group  runs  the  world’s  leading
annual coal conference, Coaltrans; TelCap runs
International Telecoms Week, the best meeting
place  worldwide  for  telecom  carriers  and
service  providers  and  MIS  runs  the  leading
event for the information security sector in the
US, InfoSec World.

Conferences and Seminars
The  company  runs  a  large  number  of
sponsored  conferences  and  seminars  for  the
international  financial  markets,  mostly  under
the  Euromoney,  Institutional  Investor,  Metal
Bulletin  and  IMN  brands.  Many  of  these
conferences  are  the  leading  annual  events  in
their  sector  and  provide  sponsors  with  a 
high  quality  program  and  speakers,  and
outstanding  networking  opportunities.  Such
events  include:  The  Global  Borrowers  and
Investors  Forum; 
Euromoney  Saudi
the
Arabia  Conference;  the Annual  Global  Hedge
Fund  Summit;  the
European  Airfinance
Conference;  the Islamic  Finance  Summit;  the

Databases and Information Services
The  company  provides  a  number  of
subscription-based  database  and  electronic
information  services  for  financial  markets.
Montreal-based  BCA  is  one  of  the  world’s
leading 
independent  providers  of  global
investment  research.  The  company’s  US
subsidiary, Internet Securities, Inc. provides the
world’s  most  comprehensive  service  for  news
and  data  on  global  emerging  markets,  and
includes CEIC, one of the leading providers of
time-series macro-economic data for emerging
markets. The company also offers global capital
market databases through a joint venture with
its AIM-listed partner, Dealogic.

Revenue (£m) 

Adjusted diluted earnings a share* (pence) 

08

07

06

332.1

305.2

08

07

06

220.5

44.4

35.0

28.6

Adjusted operating profit* (£m)

Dividend (pence)

08

07

06

£m

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

81.3

78.6

08

07

06

19.25

19.0

17.0

43.8

Adjusted Operating Profit*

Revenue  up 9%
Adjusted diluted earnings a share  up 27%
Profit before tax  up 21%
Dividend  up 1%

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

*A detailed reconciliation of the group’s underlying results is set out in the appendix to the Chairman’s Statement on page 7.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

01

    
80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 2

Chairman's  Statement

Highlights

Revenue
Underlying results*

• Adjusted operating profit
• Adjusted profit before tax
• Adjusted diluted earnings a share

Statutory results

• Operating profit
• Profit before tax^
• Diluted earnings a share

Dividend

2008

2007

£332.1m

£305.2m

change

+9%

£81.3m
£67.3m
44.4p

£61.0m
£37.4m
40.4p
19.25p

£78.6m
£55.5m
35.0p

£54.1m
£41.1m
29.9p
19.0p

+3%
+21%
+27%

+13%
-9%
+35%
+1%

* A detailed reconciliation of the group's underlying results is set out in the appendix to the Chairman's statement.
^ Statutory profit before tax includes a foreign exchange loss on tax equalisation contracts of £12.0 million (2007: £1.8 million). This is matched 

by an equal and opposite tax credit and therefore has no effect on earnings a share. The foreign exchange losses and the tax credit are excluded
from underlying profit and the underlying tax expense (note 7, 8 and appendix to the Chairman's statement).

It  was  a  year  when  our  strategy  paid  off,  in  spite  of  shocks 
in  the  financial  and  commodities  markets.  The  increased
reliance  on  high  quality  subscription  products,  a  greater 
push  into  the  emerging  economies,  continued  development 
of  the  Metal  Bulletin  acquisition  that  we  completed  more 
than  two  years  ago,  stronger  legal  and  telecoms  publishing
and  events,  and  a  continued  grip  on  costs  combined  to 
deliver  a  record  year  for  revenues  and  profits.  We  believe 
that  strategy  will  serve  us  well  in  whatever  is  to  come  in 
world markets.

New  debt  facilities  are  in  place  for  the  next  five  years.  Cash
generation ran at record levels during the year and continue to
do so into the first quarter. The proposed final dividend is the
same, subject to your approval, and we also propose to offer
shareholders  a  choice  to  take  the  final  dividend  in  shares 
or cash.

The new year has begun relatively well. Some revenue streams
such  as  advertising  and  sponsorship,  as  we  expected,  have
begun  to  turn  down,  but  many  of  the  businesses,  including
those  in  financial  events  and  publishing  outside  the  main
money centres, as well as those outside finance, continue to

deliver  strong  revenues  and  profits.  The  proportion  of
subscription  revenues  as  a  percentage  of  the  total  increased
from 34% to 37%, contributing strongly to the robustness of
our trading, and we expect the proportion to increase.

Adjusted  profit  before  tax  rose  by  21%  to  £67.3  million  in 
the year to September 30. Adjusted diluted earnings a share
increased  by  27%  to  44.4p,  and  the  directors  recommend 
an  unchanged  final  dividend  of  13p  a  share  to  be  paid  to
shareholders on February 4 2009. 

Throughout 2008 the business has demonstrated its resilience
in  the  face  of  problems  in  global  credit  markets,  a  gloomier
economic outlook, and more recently the major impact of the
credit crisis on the world’s leading financial institutions.

Total revenue increased by 9% to £332.1 million. Subscription
revenues  increased  by  18%  to  £123.1  million.  Growth  from
emerging markets continued to compensate for weakness in
the developed financial markets, and emerging markets now
account for nearly 50% of the group’s revenues. Our strengths
in  sectors  outside  finance,  particularly  metals,  commodities
and energy, is demonstrated by the 16% increase in revenues
from  business  publishing  activities,  which  helped  offset  the
weakness  in  some  financial  sectors,  particularly  structured
finance and hedge funds.

The  increase  in  adjusted  profit  before  tax  was  helped  by 
a  £4.5  million  reduction  in  underlying  net  finance  costs,
reflecting  the  strong  operating  cash  flows  of  the  group 
which  increased  by  11%  to  £99.8  million.  Net  debt  fell  to
£172.0 million compared with £201.8 million at March 31 and
new five-year debt facilities have been agreed. 

Strategy
The  company’s  strategy  over  the  past  five  years  has  been  to
build  a  more  resilient  and  better  focused  business.  This
strategy has been executed through increasing the proportion
of  revenues  derived  from  subscription  products;  investing  in
products  of  the  highest  quality  that  customers  will  value  in
tough times as well as good; eliminating products with a low
margin or too high a dependence on advertising; maintaining

02

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 3

tight  cost  control  at  all  times;  retaining  and  fostering  an
entrepreneurial  culture;  and  making  selective  acquisitions  to
accelerate that strategy. 

revenues,  is  less  than  it  was  and  no  customer  accounts  for
more than 1% of group revenues. 

Although  the  group  is  exposed  to  the  uncertainty  of  the
economic outlook in general, and to the problems in financial
markets  in  particular,  the  increasing  diversity  of  its  revenue
streams,  product  offerings  and  geographic  markets  provide
better  protection  against  market  trends.  The  demand  for
quality,  hard-to-get  information  products,  particularly  those
delivered  electronically,  should  remain  robust  during  difficult
times. And while all revenue streams are subject to the impact
of  volatility  in  financial  markets,  the  increased  proportion  of
revenues now derived from high margin subscription products
and  the  reduced  exposure  to  traditionally  more  volatile
advertising  revenues  should  provide  some  protection  against
the widely expected economic downturn in 2009. 

Business Review
Financial  Publishing:  Revenues,  which  comprise  a  mix  of
advertising and subscriptions, were unchanged at £84 million
while the adjusted operating margin improved slightly to give
adjusted operating profits of £24.5 million. The performance
of the second half mirrored that of the first. Revenues fell for
those  titles  more  reliant  on  revenues  from  global  financial
institutions,  or  on  sectors  particularly  exposed  to  the  credit
crisis such as structured finance and hedge funds. In contrast,
those titles with a strong emerging markets exposure held up
well:  Euromoney,  for  example,  had  its  best  September  issue
ever and increased its advertising revenues for the year by 7%.

Meanwhile, investment in new electronic products targeted at
niche  financial  sectors  continued,  and  many  of  the  group’s
financial titles have now moved successfully from a print-first
to a web-first publishing model.

The success of this strategy is highlighted by the 2008 results.
Since  2003,  revenues  have  more  than  doubled.  In  the  same
period, subscription revenues have increased threefold and are
now  nearly  double  the  level  of  advertising  revenues.  The
group  has  also  made  a  successful  transition  from  a
predominantly  publishing-driven  business  to  one  with
significant activities in events and training, and more recently
in  the  provision  of  electronic  information  and  database
services,  which  in  2008  accounted  for  adjusted  operating
profits of £21.1 million compared to just £2.7 million in 2003.

The company’s strategy is equally applicable to tough trading
conditions  and  will  continue  to  drive  the  group’s  activities  in
2009. Our strong cash generation means we can sustain our
investment in high quality subscription products, new events
and the quality of editorial. We will continue with this strategy,
even  if  revenues  come  under  pressure  in  the  short-term  as
customers  react  to  pressure  on  their  own  earnings,  because
we believe it will deliver excellent growth in the medium and
longer-term.  The  focus  on  costs  and  maintaining  margins 
will increase and while we are comfortable with our level of
debt and associated covenants, we are unlikely to make any
significant acquisitions over the coming 12 months. 

Trading Background
The impact of the global credit crisis on the group’s results was
less  severe  than  expected  when  problems  first  surfaced  in
2007. Growth in advertising and sponsorship revenues slowed
but  delegate  revenues  for  conferences  and  training  courses
remained  strong  and  demand  for  subscription  products,
particularly  databases  and  electronic  information  services,
such  as  BCA’s  economic  research  and  ISI’s  emerging  market
information, proved resilient.

The group’s investment in new products has been targeted at
the  electronic  delivery  of  niche  financial  information  services
with  real-time  news,  unique  data  and  sophisticated  search
engine  technology.  More  than  £2.4  million  was  invested  in
these new products in the year with a view to driving future
revenue  growth.  In  addition,  the  continued  investment  in
subscription  marketing,  new  events  and  editorial  was  a  key
factor in the growth in subscription and delegate revenues.

The  more  recent  extreme  events  experienced  by  financial
markets,  and  in  particular  the  demise  of  so  many  leading
financial  institutions,  had  no  significant  effect  on  the  results
for  the  final  quarter  of  2008,  but  will  obviously  have  a
negative impact on financial activity in 2009. The priorities of
many  of  the  leading  global  financial  institutions  remain  the
raising of finance to secure their futures and determining their
strategies for growth once markets improve. In the short-term,
this is likely to lead to further cuts in headcount and marketing
spend,  particularly  once  institutions  start  to  focus  on  their
budgets  for  2009.  However,  the  group’s  dependence  on
global  financial  institutions,  particularly  for  advertising

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

03

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 4

Chairman's  Statement continued

Business  Publishing:  The  sectors  covered  by  this  division  –
metals  and  commodities,  energy,  legal  and  telecoms  –  all
continued  to  perform  well,  helped  by  strong  commodity
markets  and  high  levels  of  investment  in  infrastructure,
particularly in emerging markets. Revenues increased by 16%
to  £53.1  million  with  growth  from  both  advertising  and
subscription  products,  and  adjusted  operating  profits
improved by 29% to £19.4 million. Metal Bulletin’s revenues
continued  to  benefit  from  the  increased  investment  in
marketing and technology since its acquisition, while TelCap,
which  publishes  Capacity magazine  for  the  wholesale
telecoms market, achieved strong growth through the launch
of new products.

Conferences and Seminars: Revenues, which are generated
from a mix of sponsored and paid delegate events, continued
to hold up well in the second half. Total revenues increased by
8% to £87.9 million while adjusted operating profits for the
year were unchanged at £23.1 million. The decline in margin
largely reflects the impact of the credit crisis on events in the
structured  finance  sector,  particularly  securitisation,  and  cuts
by  global  financial  institutions  in  their  spend  on  capital
markets  conferences.  In  contrast,  events  in  areas  outside
finance  performed  well,  particularly  those  covering  the  coal
and  alternative  energy  markets  under  the  Coaltrans brand,
and  the  metals  and  commodities  markets  under  Metal
Bulletin.

Training: The  revenue  growth  of  the  first  half  continued,
while the steps taken earlier in the year to improve the margin
were successful. As a result, total training revenues increased
by 10% to £40.8 million and adjusted operating profits by 2%
to £10.4 million. Training revenues are heavily dependent on
the  headcount  and  training  and  travel  budgets  of  financial
institutions,  and  to  date  have  held  up  well  despite  the  cost
pressures triggered by the problems in the credit markets. This
has been achieved through a mix of investment in new course
content,  effective  marketing  and  an  ability  to  roll  out
successful courses quickly to emerging markets.

Databases  and  Information  Services: This  division  largely
comprises  businesses  which  deliver  high  quality  data  and
information  services  in  electronic-only  format,  and  available
on  a  subscription-only  basis.  Revenues  increased  by  28%  to
£66.1  million  and  adjusted  operating  profits  from  £18.7
million  to  £21.1  million.  BCA,  the  independent  research
business  acquired  as  part  of  Metal  Bulletin,  continued  to
achieve  strong  revenue  growth  on  the  back  of  its  expansion
into new geographic markets and increases in sales resource.
ISI, the emerging markets information business, maintained its
strong sales performance of the first half and its local currency
subscription  revenues  increased  by  21%.  The  decline  in
adjusted  operating  margin  was  the  result  of  ISI’s  continued
investment  in  new  products,  most  notably  the  expansion 
of  the  CEIC  emerging  market  economic  data  business  into
new regions. 

Financial Review 
Cash generated from operations increased by 11% to £99.8
million, and the strong growth in subscription revenues helped
generate an adjusted operating profit to cash conversion rate
of  123%  (2007:  115%).  These  strong  cash  flows  helped
reduce  year  end  net  debt  to  £172.0  million,  compared  to
£201.8  million  at  the  half  year  and  £204.6  million  a  year 
ago. Net debt to EBITDA at September 30 was a comfortable
2.2 times against 2.8 times at March 31.

In  May  the  group  spent  £0.6  million  on  the  acquisition  of  a
51%  interest  in  the  assets  of  Benchmark  Financials  Limited,
one  of  the  leading  providers  of  company  financial  data  and
analysis for Colombian companies, which is being integrated
with  ISI’s  Emerging  Markets  Information  Service.  Further
investments totalling £6.0 million were made in a number of
the group’s subsidiaries, all in the first half, while in the second
half disposals of investments and property assets acquired as
part  of  the  Metal  Bulletin  acquisition  generated  proceeds  of
£4.7 million.

The  group  generates  more  than  60%  of  its  revenues  in  US
dollars. The average US dollar exchange rate for the year was
1.97 against 1.96 in 2007. The group uses forward exchange
contracts  to  hedge  its  US  dollar  exposures.  As  a  result,  the
profit benefit from the recent strengthening of the US dollar
against sterling will largely be delayed until 2010 and beyond.
In  contrast,  year  end  net  debt  was  calculated  at  a  US  dollar
rate of 1.78, and the recent strengthening of the US dollar to
rates below 1.60 will have increased the level of net debt by
approximately £15 million. 

Net  finance  costs  of  £23.6  million  shown  in  the  statutory
results  include  a  charge  of  £8.6  million  (2007:  £0.2  million)
relating to tax equalisation contracts under a foreign currency
financing  derivative.  This  charge  is  made  up  of  gains  on  tax
equalisation contracts of £3.4 million (2007: £1.6 million) and
a foreign exchange loss of £12.0 million (2007: £1.8 million)
which  is  offset  by  a  matching  tax  credit.  Underlying  net
finance costs were £8.9 million compared to £13.4 million in
2007,  and  the  average  cost  of  funding  the  group’s  net  debt
was 5.9% compared to 6.1% for 2007. 

04

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 5

Capital Appreciation Plan
Following the achievement in 2007 of the profit target under
the group’s Capital Appreciation Plan (CAP), the first tranche
of  2.5  million  CAP  options  vested  in  February  2008,
representing 2.4% of the company’s share capital. The 2008
CAP profit target was also achieved, and will give rise to the
vesting of up to 2.5 million CAP options in February 2009. The
third  and  final  tranche  of  up  to  2.5  million  CAP  options  will
vest in February 2010 subject to further performance tests, the
most important of which requires the group’s adjusted profit
before tax before CAP option expense to exceed £57 million
in  2009.  The  share  option  expense  was  £5.4  million
(2007: £10.2 million), the reduction in expense reflecting the
accelerated  CAP  charge  incurred  in  2007  as  a  result  of  the
CAP profit target being achieved a year earlier than expected. 

The board, with the support of the Remuneration Committee,
has  approved  the 
introduction  of  a  second  Capital
Appreciation  Plan  (CAP  2).  The  structure,  terms  and  cost  of
CAP 2 will be broadly similar to those of the first CAP, except
that CAP 2 will comprise an equal mix of cash and new equity,
thereby reducing the dilution effect for existing shareholders
compared to the first CAP which was funded entirely by new
equity.  CAP  2  will  commence  in  the  year  following  the
satisfaction  of  the  performance  tests  for  the  final  tranche  of
the first CAP. The performance tests for CAP 2 will be set once
the profits for the final year of the first CAP are known, and
will  require  above  average  profit  growth  over  the  CAP  2
vesting period.

The  introduction  of  CAP  2  will  be  subject  to  shareholder
approval at the Annual General Meeting on January 28 2009,
and the detailed terms and conditions of CAP 2 will be set out
in a circular to shareholders to be sent out in December 2008.

Statutory  profit  before  tax  fell  by  9%  to  £37.4  million  as  a
result of the inclusion of the £12.0 million foreign exchange
loss  on  tax  equalisation  contracts  in  net  finance  costs.  This
foreign  exchange  loss  is  matched  with  a  corresponding  tax
credit so that there is no financial impact on earnings a share.  

The tax credit of £7.3 million shown in the statutory results is
stated after recognising the credit of £12.0 million relating to
tax on foreign exchange losses hedged by the tax equalisation
contracts  referred  to  above.  At  the  half  year,  the  group
changed  its  presentation  of  the  underlying  tax  rate  by
removing all deferred tax effects of goodwill and intangibles.
This,  combined  with  a  reduction  in  tax  rates  in  the  UK  and
Canada,  and  a  change  in  the  profit  mix,  means  that  the
underlying  rate  of  tax  rate  for  2008  has  fallen  from  31% 
to 27%.

A  detailed  reconciliation  of  the  group’s  underlying  and
statutory results is set out in the appendix to this statement.

Debt Facilities
The group’s debt is provided through a dedicated £300 million
three-year  multi-currency  facility  with  a  subsidiary  of  its
majority shareholder, Daily Mail and General Trust plc (DMGT).
This facility is due to expire in August 2009. DMGT refinanced
its  bank  facilities,  of  which  the  Euromoney  dedicated  facility
was part, in August 2008. 

The board is pleased to announce it has approved a renewal
of  its  facility  with  DMGT,  which  is  expected  to  be  signed
shortly,  securing  the  group’s  funding  until  December  2013.
The terms of the new facility are broadly similar to those of the
existing facility, except that the margin over LIBOR is expected
to  increase  by  approximately  120  basis  points,  reflecting  the
increased  cost  of  credit  in  these  difficult  markets.  This  will
increase  the  group’s  net  finance  costs  for  2009  by
approximately  £2  million.  The  size  of  the  facility  has  been
reduced to £250 million to reflect the strong cash flows and
reduced funding requirements of the group. 

Dividend
The board has recommended an unchanged final dividend of
13p, making a total for the year of 19.25p (2007: 19p). The
board  has  also  recommended  the  introduction  of  a  scrip
dividend alternative for shareholders. The payment of a scrip
dividend will be subject to shareholder approval at the Annual
General Meeting on January 28 2009, and the detailed terms
of  the  scrip  dividend  will  be  set  out  in  a  circular  to
shareholders  to  be  sent  out  in  December  2008.  The  group’s
majority  shareholder,  Daily  Mail  and  General  Trust  plc,  has
indicated its intention to accept the scrip dividend alternative
when the final dividend is paid in February 2009. This will help
DMGT to maintain its equity interest in Euromoney in the face
of  a  further  dilution  to  come  from  the  issue  of  new  shares
under the company’s Capital Appreciation Plans.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

05

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 6

Chairman's  Statement continued

Management
Two of the company’s non-executive directors, Charles Sinclair
and  Peter  Williams  of  DMGT,  stood  down  from  their  roles 
with  effect  from  September  30  2008.  Both  have  played  a
considerable part in the growth of the company over the past
20  years.  Martin  Morgan,  who  replaced  Charles  Sinclair  as
chief  executive  of  DMGT,  joined  the  board  with  effect  from
October 1. In future, Peter Williams will serve as an alternate
non-executive  director  to  The  Viscount  Rothermere.  This
reduces  the  number  of  DMGT  representatives  on  the
Euromoney board from three to two and it is the company’s
intention  to  appoint  a  new  independent  non-executive
director at the Annual General Meeting. 

After  nine  years  of  valuable  service  as  an  executive  director,
Tom  Lamont,  editor  of  Institutional  Investor’s  newsletter
division, will step down from the board in January 2009, on
reaching the normal retirement age for an executive director.
He  will  continue  to  serve  as  a  member  of  the  company’s
Executive Committee.

Outlook
The  record  results  for  2008  highlight  the  success  of  the
group’s strategy for building a high quality portfolio of leading
information brands across a broad, global customer base. 

The  current  levels  of  uncertainty  and  volatility  in  global
financial  markets,  and  the  negative  economic  outlook,  will
present greater challenges to this strategy in 2009. However,
the  strategy  is  robust  and  will  not  change.  Our  strong  cash
flows will allow us to continue to invest in new subscription-
based  information  products,  in  specialist  events,  and  in
marketing and editorial. We will place even more emphasis on
managing  costs  tightly  and  maintaining  our  margins.  We 
are  unlikely  to  make  any  significant  acquisitions  in  the  next 
12  months  and  our  excess  cash  flows  will  be  applied  to
reducing debt levels and maximising returns for shareholders.

The trading performance in the second half was similar to that
of the first but, unsurprisingly, the outlook is more uncertain
than six months ago. Current trading is in line with the board’s
expectations,  but  in  such  volatile  markets  it  is  difficult  to
predict  how  well  sales  will  hold  up  beyond  the  first  quarter.
Deferred  revenues  at  September  30  were  £89.5  million,  an
increase  of  22%  since  a  year  ago.  October’s  revenues  were
ahead of last year and forward revenues for the first quarter
are ahead of the same time last year. However, sales for the
past  six  weeks  have  shown  some  signs  of  weakening  in  the
face  of  the  extreme  credit  market  conditions  and  continued
uncertainty  over  the  economic  outlook.  Visibility  beyond  the
first quarter is very limited, as usual at this time of year, and
the  recent  sales  weakness  means  revenues  will  come  under
increasing pressure from the second quarter. 

The board of Euromoney remains committed to its strategy of
investing  to  deliver  long-term  revenue  growth  from  high
quality products and high margin revenue streams, while using
its  strong  cash  flows  to  further  reduce  its  debt  levels.  The
outlook  for  trading  is  inevitably  uncertain  in  these  markets,
but  the  group  is  better  positioned  than  ever  to  meet  the
challenges of this difficult environment. 

Finally, I thank our colleagues, on your behalf and mine, for all
they have done.

Padraic Fallon
Chairman
November 12 2008

06

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 7

Appendix  to  Chairman's  Statement

Reconciliation of Group Income Statement to underlying results for the year ended September 30 2008
The reconciliation below sets out the underlying results of the group and the related adjustments to the statutory income statement
that the directors consider necessary in order to provide a more comparable indication of the underlying trading performance. 

Note

3

Underlying Adjustments
£000’s

£000’s

2008
Total
£000’s

Underlying Adjustments
£000’s

£000’s

332,064
–

332,064

–
–

–

332,064
–

305,594
(441)

332,064

305,153

–
–

–

2007
Total
£000’s

305,594
(441)

305,153

3

5

81,308
–
(5,361)
–
–

–
(12,749)
–
–
(2,477)

81,308
(12,749)
(5,361)
–
(2,477)

78,606
–
(6,993)
(3,183)
–

–
(15,716)
–
–
855

78,606
(15,716)
(6,993)
(3,183)
855

75,947

(15,226)

60,721

68,430

(14,861)

53,569

308

–

308

490

–

490

76,255
5,594
(14,506)

(15,226)
–
(14,691)

61,029
5,594
(29,197)

68,920
1,611
(14,998)

(14,861)
3,885
(3,429)

54,059
5,496
(18,427)

7,a
7,b

(8,912)

(14,691)

(23,603)

(13,387)

456

(12,931)

67,343

(29,917)

37,426

55,533

(14,405)

41,128

Continuing operations
Less: share of revenue of joint ventures

Total revenue

Operating profit before acquired 
intangible amortisation, share 
option expense and 
exceptional items

Acquired intangible amortisation
Share option expense
Accelerated share option expense
Exceptional items

Operating profit before associates 

and joint ventures

Share of results in associates and 

joint ventures

Operating profit
Finance income
Finance expense

Net finance costs

Profit before tax
Tax credit/(expense) on profit on 

ordinary activities

8

(18,346)

25,625

7,279

(17,190)

8,967

(8,223)

Profit after tax from 

continuing operations

Profit for the year from 

discontinued operations

48,997

(4,292)

44,705

38,343

(5,438)

32,905

c

–

245

245

–

500

500

Profit for the year

48,997

(4,047)

44,950

38,343

(4,938)

33,405

Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent
Equity minority interests

Diluted earnings per share – 

continuing operations

47,766
1,231

(4,047)
–

43,719
1,231

36,760
1,583

(4,938)
–

31,822
1,583

48,997

(4,047)

44,950

38,343

(4,938)

33,405

10

44.36p

(3.99p)

40.37p

35.04p

(5.18p)

29.86p

a) Finance income
The adjustment of £nil (2007: £3,885,000) relates to the non-cash net movements in acquisition option commitment values as set out in note 7.

b) Finance expense
The adjustment of £14,691,000 (2007: £3,429,000) relates to the non-cash net movements in acquisition option commitment values of £1,730,000
(2007: £nil), imputed interest charge on acquisition option commitment values of £995,000 (2007: £1,603,000) and tax equalisation swap expense
of £11,966,000 (2007: £1,826,000) as set out in note 7. The tax equalisation swap expense relates to foreign exchange losses on hedges on intra-
group financing. These foreign exchange losses are matched by an equal and opposite tax credit.

c) Profit from discontinued operations
In  December  2007  following  agreement  of  the  Energy  Information  Centre  Limited  completion  accounts,  the  group  received  a  final  payment  of
£220,000 from the purchasers. Energy Information Centre Limited was sold in April 2007 and was treated as a discontinued operation up to that
date. This results in a tax charge of £nil.

In May 2008 following agreement of the Systematics International Limited completion accounts, the group received a final payment of £25,000 from
the purchasers. Systematics International Limited was sold in May 2007 and was treated as a discontinued operation up to that date. This results in
a tax charge of £nil.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

07

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 8

Directors'  Report

The directors submit their annual report and group accounts
for the year ended September 30 2008.

2.  Strategy
The key elements of the group's strategy are:

Certain  statements  made  in  this  document  are  forward-
looking  statements.  Such  statements  are  based  on  current
expectations  and  are  subject  to  a  number  of  risks  and
uncertainties that could cause actual events or results to differ
materially from any expected future events or results referred
to  in  these  forward-looking  statements.  Unless  otherwise
required by applicable law, regulation or accounting standard,
the  directors  do  not  undertake  any  obligation  to  update  or
revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of
new  information,  future  development  or  otherwise.  Nothing
in this document shall be regarded as a profit forecast.

The  directors'  report  has  been  prepared  for  the  group  as  a
whole and therefore gives greater emphasis to those matters
which are significant to Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC
and its subsidiary undertakings when viewed as a whole. It has
been  prepared  solely  to  provide  additional  information  to
shareholders as a body to assess the company's strategy and
the  potential  for  that  strategy  to  succeed  and  the  directors'
report  should  not  be  relied  upon  by  any  other  party  for  any
other purpose.

1.  Principal activities
Euromoney  Institutional  Investor  PLC  is  listed  on  the  London
Stock Exchange and is a member of the FTSE 250 share index.
It is a leading international business-to-business media group
focused  primarily  on  the  international  finance,  metals  and
commodities  sectors.  It  publishes  more  than  70  magazines,
newsletters  and  journals,  including  Euromoney,  Institutional
Investor and Metal Bulletin. It also runs an extensive portfolio
of conferences, seminars and training courses and is a leading
provider  of  electronic  information  and  data  covering
international finance, metals and commodities, and emerging
markets.  Its  main  offices  are  located  in  London,  New  York,
Montreal and Hong Kong and nearly half of its revenues are
derived  from  emerging  markets.  Details  of  the  group's  legal
entities can be found in note 13. 

● drive top-line revenue growth from both new and existing

products;

● building  robust  subscription  and  repeat  revenues  and

reduce the dependence on advertising;

● improving  operating  margins  through  revenue  growth

and tight cost control; 
● leveraging  technology  to 

launch  specialised  new

electronic information services;

● to  making  focused  acquisitions  that  supplement  the
group's  existing  businesses,  strengthen  the  company’s
market  position  in  key  areas  and  have  the  capacity  for
organic growth using the existing knowledge base of the
group; and

● keeping  its  net  debt  within  a  debt  to  EBITDA  limit  of 

four times.

In 2004, to supplement this strategy, the board set the group
a  profit*  target  of  £50  million  by  2008  against  a  base  of 
£21 million in 2003. In March 2007, the target was increased
to  £57  million  to  reflect  the  effect  of  the  Metal  Bulletin
acquisition.  The  profit*  achieved  in  2007  was  £65.7  million,
beating the increased target a year earlier than expected. The
board believes this significant achievement reflects the success
of  the  Capital  Appreciation  Plan  (CAP)  incentive  scheme  in
driving growth. This was further demonstrated in 2008 when
the  profit*  achieved  of  £72.9  million  exceeded  both  that  of
2007 and the performance target set for the second tranche
of the CAP. The third and final tranche of the CAP is subject
to  a  performance  test  which  requires  the  company's  profit*
for 2009 to remain above £57 million.

3.  Business review
3.1  Group results and dividends
The  group  profit  for  the  year  attributable  to  shareholders
amounted to £43.7 million (2007: £31.8 million). The directors
recommend a final dividend of 13.0 pence per ordinary share
(2007:  13.0  pence),  payable  on  February  4  2009  to
shareholders  on  the  register  on  November  21  2008.  This,
together with the interim dividend of 6.25 pence per ordinary
share (2007: 6.0 pence) which was declared on May 14 2008
and paid on June 23 2008, brings the total dividend for the
year to 19.25 pence per ordinary share (2007: 19.0 pence).

* Profit  before  tax  excluding  acquired  intangible  amortisation,  share  option  expense,  exceptional  items,  net  movements  in  acquisition  option  commitments
values, imputed interest on acquisition option commitments and foreign exchange loss interest charge on tax equalisation contracts as set out in the income
statement and note 7.

08

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 9

3.2  Key performance indicators
The group monitors its performance against its strategy using the following key performance indicators. 

Revenue growth and mix
Subscriptions
Advertising
Sponsorship
Delegates
Other
Sold/closed businesses

Gross margin1

Adjusted operating margin2

Organic growth in profits3

Headcount4

Net debt to EBITDA5

£m

75.0
70.0
65.0
60.0
55.0
50.0
45.0
40.0
35.0
30.0
25.0
20.0
15.0

Revenue
2008
£m

123.1
66.5
45.8
86.4
10.3

––

Mix
2008
%

37%
20%
14%
26%
3%

332.1

100%

City PBT6 and Adjusted PBT7

Revenue
2007
£m

104.0
65.2
46.2
74.1
10.8
4.9

305.2

2008

69.1%

24.5%

£3.4m

2,207

2.17:1

Mix
2007
%

34%
21%
15%
24%
4%
2%

100%

2007

69.8%

25.8%

£13.8m

2,160

2.85:1

Revenue
growth
%

+18%
+2%
(1%)
+17%
(5%)
(100%)

+9%

Growth

(0.7%)

(1.3%)

47

City PBT
Adjusted PBT
CAP Revised Target
CAP Original Target

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

Year

1  Gross margin = gross profit as a percentage of revenue. Gross profit and revenue are both as per note 4 in the financial statements. 

2 Adjusted operating margin = operating profit before acquired intangible amortisation, share option expense, exceptional items and associates and joint

ventures as a percentage of revenue. Operating profit and revenue are both as per the group income statement in the financial statements.

3 Organic  growth  in  profits =  proportion  of  operating  profit  growth  that  relates  to  organic  growth,  rather  than  acquisitions.  Operating  profit  is  from

continuing operations and excludes closed businesses and is adjusted for significant timing differences.

4  Headcount = number of permanent people employed at the end of the period including people employed in associates and joint ventures.

5  Net debt to EBITDA = the amount of the group's net debt to earnings before interest, tax (operating profit), depreciation, amortisation and also before

exceptional items but after the share option expense.

6  City  PBT =  Profit  before  tax  excluding  acquired  intangible  amortisation,  share  option  expense,  exceptional  items,  net  movements  in  acquisition  option
commitments values, imputed interest on acquisition option commitments and foreign exchange loss interest charge on tax equalisation contracts as set out
in the group income statement and note 7.

7  Adjusted PBT = City PBT after the deduction of share option expense as set out on page 7.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

09

   
80766 pre  11/12/08  15:32  Page 10

Directors'  Report continued

3.3  KPIs explained
The  key  performance  indicators  are  all  within  the  board's
expectations  and  support  its  successful  strategy.  These
indicators are discussed in detail in the Chairman's Statement
on pages 2 to 6, and in section 3.4 below. 

3.4  Development of the business of the group
3.4.1  Financial results
A  detailed  review  of  the  group's  results  is  given  in  the
Chairman's statement on pages 2 to 6.

3.4.2  Finance costs
IAS 39 'Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement'
requires an imputed interest charge to be recognised on the
group's 
future  acquisition  payments  under  option
agreements.  This  additional  finance  charge  increased  the
group's interest cost by £1.0 million (2007: £1.6 million). IAS
39  also  requires  any  movements  in  the  estimated  value  of
acquisition  option  commitments  to  be  recognised  in  interest
and  in  2008  an  amount  of  £1.7  million  (2007:  income  of 
£3.9 million) was recognised. There is no related cash effect of
these amounts. 

In  addition,  the  group's  interest  cost  includes  £12.0  million
(2007: £1.8 million) in relation to foreign exchange losses on
hedges  on  intra-group  financing.  These  are  matched  by  an
equal and opposite tax credit in the group's tax line from tax
equalisation swaps designed to hedge this transaction.

Excluding  these  amounts,  the  group's  net  finance  cost  fell
from  £13.4  million  to  £8.9  million,  reflecting  the  successful
reduction  in  the  group's  debt  and  benefiting  from  a  lower
interest  margin,  a  result  of  the  stronger  EBITDA  to  Net  Debt
ratio. The group continues to follow its treasury policy of fixing
the interest rate on a portion of its long-term borrowings (see
treasury section below).

3.4.3  Headcount
The  number  of  people  employed  is  monitored  monthly,  to
ensure that there are sufficient people employed to meet the
forthcoming demands of each business and to make sure that
the businesses continue to deliver sufficient profits to support
the people they employ. At the end of September the group
employed  2,207  people,  an  increase  of  47  since  the  start  of

the  year,  including  12  acquired  as  part  of  the  acquisition  of
Benchmark Financials Limited (BPR). The majority of additional
heads  were  recruited  at  BCA,  CEIC  and  Internet  Securities,
Inc., reflecting their strong growth. 

3.4.4  Debt and working capital management
Net  debt  at  September  30  2008  was  £172.0  million  (2007:
£204.6  million)  which  included  cash  of  £21.2  million  (2007:
£26.7 million). At the end of September the group's net debt
to EBITDA ratio improved to 2.17 (2007: 2.85), resulting in the
group's  variable  rate  interest  margin  above  LIBOR  falling  by
five basis points. The ratio remains within the group's banking
covenant  arrangements.  During  the  year  the  group  has
focused on reducing its cash holdings in order to maximise the
amount  available  to  reduce  its  gross  debt.  At  September  30
2008 cash held has fallen £5.5 million. Cash generated from
operations  increased  by  11%  to  £99.8  million  producing
an  adjusted  operating  profit  cash  conversion  of  123%
(2007:  115%).  A  discussion  on  debt  is  contained  within  the
Chairman's statement on page 5. The group has a dedicated
£300 million three-year multi-currency facility with a subsidiary
of Daily Mail and General Trust plc (DMGT). Interest is payable
on this facility at a variable rate of between 0.4% and 1.6%
above  LIBOR.  The  facility  expires  in  August  2009  and  the
directors have, subsequent to the year end, agreed to sign a
new  replacement  facility  of  up  to  £250  million  offered  by
DMGT. The terms of the new facility are similar to the existing
facility  with  interest  payable  at  a  variable  rate  of  between
1.25% and 3.0% above LIBOR dependant on the group's net
debt to EBITDA covenant. At September 30 2008 there were
£115.4  million  (2007:  £86.4  million)  of  committed  undrawn
amounts directly available to the group. 

3.4.5  Balance sheet
The net assets of the group were £88.1 million compared to
£55.8  million  in  2007.  The  main  movements  in  the  balance
sheet  items  were  in:  intangible  assets,  reflecting  the
recognition  of  £9.2  million  of  goodwill  and  other  intangible
assets following the acquisitions and further equity purchases
of  ISI,  TelCap,  Total  Derivatives,  and  BPR,  foreign  exchange
gains of £36.9 million and amortisation and impairment costs
of £18.7 million; property, plant and equipment, increased
by £0.7 million to £21.7 million, as a result of the £2.5 million
capitalisation of the refurbishment costs of two of the group's

10

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 11

London premises offset by the freehold sale of a legacy Metal
Bulletin  building  (£1.2  million  net  book  value)  plus  foreign
exchange  movements  and  regular  capital  expenditure  across
the group; post retirement benefits, increased £2.2 million
to £2.5 million reflecting the increased pension surplus on the
Metal Bulletin pension scheme; amounts on loans owed to
DMGT,  relates  to  a  £155.7  million  intercompany  receivable
loan with a DMGT company (which is offset by a similar loan
payable  to  a  different  DMGT  company  in  current  liabilities;
derivative financial instruments (due less than one year and
more  than  one  year),  fell  from  an  asset  of  £7.5  million  to  a
liability of £23.1 million reflecting the fall in mark to market
value  of  the  group's  forward  currency  contracts  and  interest
rate  swaps;  acquisition  option  commitments due  in  less
than  one  year  increased  £7.4  million  to  £22.3  million
reflecting  the  transfer  of  the  liability  from  acquisition  option
commitments due in more than one year, further tranches of
the group's acquisitions due for purchase in 2009; deferred
income increased £16.1 million to £89.5 million reflecting the
underlying growth in the group's subscription revenue; loan
notes  fell  £4.2  million  to  £7.6  million,  a  result  of  loan  note
redemption  during  the  year;  committed  loan  facility  (due
less  than  one  year)  fell  £29.0  million  to  £184.6  million,
reflecting  the  net  cash  generated  by  the  group  from
operations;  deferred  tax,  the  net  deferred  tax  liability  has
fallen  from  £20.1  million  to  £11.4  million  due  to  the
recognition  of  additional  deferred  tax  assets  on  put  option
commitments  and  US  losses  and  the  unwinding  of  deferred
tax on intangible assets.

3.4.6  Acquisitions and disposals
Acquisitions remain a fundamental part of the group's growth
strategy. In particular the board believes that acquisitions are
valuable  for  taking  the  group  into  new  sectors,  for  bringing
new  technologies  into  the  group  and  for  increasing  the
group's  growth  by  buying  into  rapidly  developing  niche
businesses.  The  group  continues  to  look  for  acquisitions  to
support  its  main  brands,  especially  in  international  finance,
energy, commodities, telecoms and law.

Acquisitions
Our emerging market content aggregator and data business,
ISI Emerging Markets (Internet Securities, Inc), has made two
acquisitions  this  year.  In  May  2008,  it  acquired  BPR;

headquartered in Bogota, Colombia, BPR is one of the leading
providers  of  company  financial  data,  analysis  and  business
credit  ratings  for  Colombian  companies.  The  business  is  a
high-quality,  international,  online  business  which  generates
revenues from selling subscriptions to customers, and as such
closely  fits  our  acquisition  criteria.  During  the  summer,  we
looked  closely  at  two  other  significant  online  subscription
businesses  but  ultimately  withdrew  given  the  state  of  the
markets and their high valuations. 

Increase in equity holdings
The group continues to increase its holdings in its subsidiaries
and this year has paid the following:

In January 2008, the group purchased a further 10.85% of the
equity  share  capital  of  Total  Derivatives  Limited,  a  leading
provider  of  real-time  news  and  analysis  about  the  global 
fixed  income  derivatives  market,  for  a  cash  consideration  of
£2.6 million increasing its equity holding to 78.3%.

In February 2008, the group purchased a further 15% of the
equity  share  capital  of  TelCap  Limited,  the  global  wholesale
telecoms  publisher  and  conference  organiser,  for  a  cash
consideration  of  £2.5  million,  increasing  the  group's  equity
holding to 70%.

In February 2008, the group purchased a further 0.5% of the
equity  share  capital  of  Internet  Securities,  Inc.  for  a  cash
consideration  of  $1.8  million  (£0.9  million),  bringing  the
group's equity shareholding to 93.85%.

3.4.7  Marketing and circulation
In  2008  revenues  from  direct  marketing,  including  Metal
Bulletin,  increased  by  15%.  Revenue  growth  was  achieved
across all products, in particular paid delegates and electronic
subscriptions.  Return  on  marketing  spend  improved  by  4%,
including  significant  increased  investment  in  Metal  Bulletin
(£1.4  million).  Marketing  revenues  taken  on-line  grew  by
28%,  primarily  driven  by  effective  use  of  search  and  email
marketing which is beginning to replace direct mail.

3.4.8  Systems and information technology
The  company  continues  to  invest  in  its  IT  infrastructure.  In
2008 a new state-of-the-art storage system was implemented

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

11

80766 pre  11/12/08  15:17  Page 12

Directors'  Report continued

in  London  to  give  staff  high  performance  access  to  the
company’s data and secure, remote connectivity to our office-
based systems from anywhere in the world. The office move
programme was completed in August this year with all Metal
Bulletin staff now benefiting from Euromoney's infrastructure
and systems.

Investment  in  high-speed  network  and  wireless  technologies
continues  across  the  group;  a  high  performance  external
network  links  the  company's  main  offices  in  Europe,  North
America and Asia.

In the UK new resilient and high capacity telecom infrastructure
was  implemented  during  the  year;  a  VoIP  network  with
increased internet bandwidth provides a scalable and feature-
rich telephony network. Unified messaging was implemented
recently  to  enable  staff  to  receive  voicemail  over  the  web
worldwide. A video conferencing facility has also been added
improving communication between our offices in London, New
York,  Montreal  and  Hong  Kong  whilst  reducing  global  travel
costs. Total call costs were also reduced following a full review
of telecom suppliers and services during the year. 

A  project  is  underway  to  review  the  company's  information
security  policy  and  refresh  the  controls  in  place  for  the
protection  of  the  company's  data.  A  programme  to  train  all
managers in relevant information security practices is planned
for  2009  and  new  procedures  will  be  rolled  out  to  reinforce
incident  management.  In  addition  all  credit  card  processing
systems and procedures are being updated to meet the new
standards  mandated  by  the  payment  card  industry.  The
company deadline for compliance with these new standards is
December 31 2008. 

In 2008 disaster recovery and business continuity plans for all
businesses  were  updated.  The  company  has  an  active
programme  for  testing  the  disaster  recovery  plans  for  all
business units.

3.4.9  Tax and treasury 
Committee
The  group's  tax  and  treasury  committee  normally  meets 
twice  a  year  and  is  responsible  for  recommending  policy 
to  the  board.  The  committee  members  are  the  chairman,
managing  director  and  finance  director  of  the  company, 
and  the  finance  director  and  the  deputy  finance  director  of
DMGT. The chairman of the audit committee is also invited to
attend  the  tax  and  treasury  meetings.  The  group’s  treasury
policies  are  directed  to  giving  greater  certainty  of  future 
costs  and  revenues  and  ensuring  that  the  group  has 
adequate  liquidity  for  working  capital  and  debt  capacity  for
funding acquisitions.

Treasury
The  treasury  department  does  not  act  as  a  profit  centre, 
nor  does  it  undertake  any  speculative  trading  activity  and 
it  operates  within  policies  and  procedures  approved  by 
the board.

Interest rate swaps are used to manage the group’s exposure
to fluctuations in interest rates on its floating rate borrowings.
The maturity profile of these derivatives is matched with the
expected future debt profile of the group. The group’s policy
is  to  fix  the  interest  rates  on  approximately  80%  of  its  term
debt  looking  forward  over  five  years.  The  maturity  dates  are
spread  in  order  to  avoid  interest  rate  basis  risk  and  also  to
negate short-term changes in interest rates. 

At  September  30  2008,  the  group  had  83%  of  its  net  debt
fixed by the use of interest rate hedges. The predicitability of
interest  costs  is  deemed  to  be  more  important  than  the
possible opportunity cost foregone of achieving lower interest
rates and this hedging strategy has the effect of spreading the
group's  exposure  to  fluctuations  arising  from  changes  in
interest rates and hence protects the group's interest charge
against sudden increases in rates but also prevents the group
from benefitting immediately from falls in rates.

The  company's  websites  are  located  at  a  dedicated,  high-
availability hosting centre. Many sites were re-launched during
2008 with fresh designs and updated technologies. Throughout
2008  the  company  continued  to  invest  in  its  e-commerce
infrastructure to help support its growing online revenues.

The group is exposed to foreign exchange risk in the form of
transactions  in  foreign  currencies  entered  into  by  group
companies  and  by  the  translation  of  the  results  of  foreign
subsidiaries  into  sterling  for  reporting  purposes.  The  group
does  not  hedge  the  translation  of  the  results  of  foreign

12

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 13

subsidiaries,  but  does  endeavour  to  match  foreign  currency
borrowings to investments in order to provide a natural hedge
for the translation of the net assets of overseas subsidiaries. 

Approximately 60% of the group’s revenues are in US dollars.
Subsidiaries  normally  do  not  hedge  transactions  in  foreign
currencies  into  the  functional  currency  of  their  own
operations.  However,  at  a  group  level  a  series  of  US  dollar
forward  contracts  is  put  in  place  up  to  48  months  forward
partially to hedge its dollar revenues into sterling.

Details of the financial instruments used are set out in note 18
to the accounts.

Tax 
The  underlying  effective  tax  rate  based  on  adjusted  profit
before  tax  and  excluding  deferred  tax  movements  on
intangible  assets,  prior  year  items  and  exceptionals  is  27%
(2007: 31%). The decrease in the underlying rate from 2007 is
due  a  reduction  in  statutory  tax  rates  in  Canada  and  the  UK
as  well  as  a  different  mix  of  regional  profits.  The  group's
effective tax rate decreased to a 19% credit compared to 20%
expense  in  2007.  A  credit  of  £12.0  million  relating  to  tax
on  foreign  exchange  losses  (2007:  £1.8  million)  has  been
treated  as  exceptional  as  it  is  hedged  by  £12.0  million
(2007:  £1.8  million)  of  foreign  exchange  losses  on  tax
equalisation contracts included within net finance costs (note
7). A reconciliation to the underlying effective rate is set out in
note 8 in the accounts.

The total net deferred tax balance held is a liability of £11.4
million  (2007:  £20.1  million)  and  relates  primarily  to
capitalised  intangible  assets,  tax  deductible  US  goodwill  and
rolled  over  capital  gains,  net  of  deferred  tax  assets  held  in
respect of US tax losses and short term timing differences, UK
short  term  timing  differences  and  the  future  deductions
available for the CAP. The decrease in the net liability is due to
the  recognition  of  previously  unrecognised  US  deferred  tax
asset of £5.4 million (2007: £3.2 million) and the unwinding
of  deferred  tax  on  intangible  assets.  The  deferred  tax  asset
recognised  relates  to  Metal  Bulletin  group  US  tax  losses  and
the 
Instruments:  Recognition  and
Measurement'  liability  in  respect  of  the  group’s  obligations
under the put option held by IMN’s minority shareholders. 

'Financial 

IAS  39 

There is an unrecognised US deferred tax asset of £1.8 million
(2007:  £5.4  million)  relating  to  capital  losses  arising  on  the
sale  of  the  group's  15%  interest  in  LAMP  Technologies  LLC.
The  unrecognised  deferred  tax  asset  in  2007  has  been
recognised in full in 2008.

4.  Risk management
The company has continued to develop its processes for risk
management.  Management  of  significant  risk  is  regularly  on
the  agenda  of  the  board  and  other  senior  management
meetings.

Specific risk areas that potentially could have a material impact
on the group's long-term performance include: 

Downturn in economy or market sector
The  group  generates  significant  income  from  certain  key
geographical  regions  and  market  sectors  for  both  its
publishing  and  events  businesses.  Uncertainty  in  global
financial markets increases the risk of a downturn or potential
collapse  in  one  of  these  areas,  should  this  occur,  income  is
likely to be adversely affected and for events businesses some
abandonment costs may also be incurred.

However, the group has a strong product mix and operates in
multiple geographical locations which reduces dependency on
any  one  sector  or  region.  Management  has  shown  a  proven
ability  to  switch  the  group's  focus  to  new  or  unaffected
markets (e.g. following the SARS outbreak in Asia and terrorist
attacks in New York). 

Liquidity risk
The group has significant intercompany borrowings and is an
approved  borrower  under  a  Daily  Mail  and  General  Trust  plc
(DMGT),  £300  million  revolving  multi-currency  facility.  This
facility requires the group to meet certain covenants based on
net  debt  and  profits  adjusted  for  certain  non-cash  items.
Failure to do so would result in the group being in breach of
the facility potentially resulting in the facility being withdrawn
or impediment of management decision making by the lender.
Management  regularly  monitor  the  covenants  and  prepare
detailed  debt  forecasts  to  ensure  that  sufficient  headroom  is
available  and  that  the  covenants  are  not  close  or  potentially
close to breach. The group's strategy is to use excess operating

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

13

80766 pre  11/12/08  15:05  Page 14

Directors'  Report continued

cash to pay down its debt. The group has a cash conversion
rate  (the  percentage  by  which  cash  generated  by  operations
covers adjusted operating profit) of over 100%, due to much
of its subscription, conference and training revenue being paid
in  advance.  This  facility  is  due  to  expire  in  August  2009,
however  the  directors  have,  subsequent  to  the  year  end,
agreed to sign a new replacement facility of up to £250 million
offered by DMGT. The terms of the new facility are similar to
the existing facility.

Under  the  DMGT  facility,  at  September  30  2008,  the  group
has  £115.4  million  of  undrawn  but  committed  facilities
available to draw upon if required. This is more than sufficient
for  the  group  to  meet  expected  and  unexpected  short-term
working  capital  requirements.  However,  given  the  level  of
uncertainty in the global economy and financial markets, there
is  a  risk  that  the  undrawn  portion  of  the  facility  may  be
unavailable  or  withdrawn  if  DMGT  experience  funding
difficulties themselves, for example if one of DMGT's lenders
was  unable  to  fulfil  its  lending  commitments.  It  is,  however,
unlikely  that  this  would  impact  the  group  as  DMGT  have  a
wide  range  of  funding  sources,  other  than  bank  debt,
available to them. In addition, if DMGT were unable to fulfil its
commitment  to  Euromoney  the  directors  are  confident  that
the  group  is  in  a  position  that  would  enable  it  to  secure
adequate facilities outside of DMGT, albeit at an increased cost
to the business due to high interest charges imposed given the
crisis in the credit markets.

Market price risk
Market  price  risk  is  the  possibility  that  changes  in  currency
exchange rates, interest rates or commodity prices will adversely
affect  the  value  of  the  group’s  financial  assets,  liabilities  or
expected  future  cash  flows.  The  group's  primary  market  risks
are  interest  rate  fluctuations  and  exchange  rate  movements.
Derivatives are used to hedge or reduce the risks of interest rate
and exchange rate movements and are not entered into unless
such  risks  exist.  Derivatives  used  by  the  group  for  hedging  a
particular  risk  are  not  specialised  and  are  generally  available
from numerous sources. The fair values of interest rate swaps,
currency  options  and  forward  exchange  contracts  set  out  in
note  18  represent  the  replacement  costs  calculated  using  the
market rates of interest and exchange at September 30 2008.
The group has no other material market price risks.

Interest rate risk
The  group's  borrowings  are  in  both  pounds  sterling  and  US
dollars with the related interest tied to US and UK LIBOR. This
results in the group's interest charge being at risk to fluctuations
in interest rates. It is the group's policy to hedge approximately
80%  of  its  interest  exposure,  converting  its  floating  rate  debt
into  fixed  debt  by  means  of  interest  rate  swaps.  The  maturity
dates are spread in order to avoid interest rate basis risk and also
interest  rates.  The
to  negate  short-term  changes 
predicitability of interest costs is deemed to be more important
than the possible opportunity cost foregone of achieving lower
interest  rates  and  this  hedging  strategy  has  the  effect  of
spreading  the  group's  exposure  to  fluctuations  arising  from
changes in interest rates and hence protects the group's interest
charge against sudden increases in rates but also prevents the
group  from  benefiting  immediately  from  falls  in  rates.  Details 
of the group's interest rate swaps are given in note 18.

in 

Foreign currency risk
The group is exposed to foreign exchange risk in the form of
transactions  in  foreign  currencies  entered  into  by  group
companies  and  by  the  translation  of  the  results  of  foreign
subsidiaries into sterling for reporting purposes. 

The  group  does  not  hedge  the  translation  of  the  results  of
foreign subsidiaries. Consequently, fluctuations in the value of
sterling  versus  other  currencies  could  materially  affect  the
translation  of  these  results  in  the  consolidated  financial
statements. The group endeavours to match foreign currency
borrowings to investments in order to provide a natural hedge
for  the  translation  of  the  net  assets  of  overseas  subsidiaries
with  the  related  foreign  currency  interest  cost  arising  from
these borrowings providing a part natural hedge against the
translation of foreign currency profits.

Approximately 60% of the group's revenues are in US dollars.
At a group level a series of US dollar forward contracts is put
in place up to 48 months forward partially to hedge its dollar
revenues into sterling. The timing and value of these forward
contracts are based on management’s estimate of its future US
dollar  revenues  over  a  48-month  period  and  is  regularly
reviewed and revised with any changes in estimates resulting
in  either  additional  forward  contracts  being  taken  out  or
existing  contracts'  maturity  dates  being  moved  forward  or

14

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 15

back.  The  group  also  has  a  significant  operation  in  Canada
whose  revenues  are  mainly  in  US  dollars.  At  a  group  level 
a  series  of  US  dollar  forward  contracts  is  put  in  place  up  to 
48  months  forward  to  hedge  the  operation's  Canadian  cost
base.  In  addition,  each  subsidiary  is  encouraged  to  invoice
sales in its local functional currency where possible. Details of
the group's forward contracts are given in note 18.

Credit risk
The group seeks to limit interest rate and foreign currency risks
described above by the use of financial instruments and as a
result has a credit risk from the potential non-performance by
the  counterparties  to  these  financial  instruments,  which  are
unsecured. The amount of this credit risk is normally restricted
to  the  amounts  of  any  hedge  gain  and  not  the  principal
amount being hedged. The group also has a credit exposure
to  counterparties  for  the  full  principal  amount  of  cash  and
cash equivalents. Credit risks are controlled by monitoring the
amounts  outstanding,  with  and  the  credit  quality  of,  these
counterparties.  For  the  group's  cash  and  cash  equivalents
these  are  principally 
licensed  commercial  banks  and
investment banks with strong long-term credit ratings, and for
derivative  financial  instruments  DMGT  who  have  treasury
policies  in  place  which  do  not  allow  concentrations  of  risk 
with  individual  counterparties  and  do  not  allow  significant
treasury exposures with counterparties which are rated lower
than AAA.

The group also has credit risk with respect to trade and other
receivables,  prepayments  and  accrued 
income.  The
concentration of credit risk from trade receivables is limited due
to  the  large  and  broad  customer  base.  Trade  receivable
exposures are managed locally in the business units where they
arise. Allowance is made for bad and doubtful debts based on
management’s  assessment  of  the  risk  of  non-payment  taking
into account the ageing profile, experience and circumstance.

The  maximum  exposure  to  credit  risk  is  represented  by  the
carrying  amount  of  each  financial  asset,  including  derivative
financial instruments, recorded in the balance sheet.

London, New York, Montreal or Hong Kong wide disaster
The group has its main offices located in London, New York,
Montreal  and  Hong  Kong.  An  area  wide  disaster  is  likely  to
have  serious  consequences  with  office  space  potentially
becoming unusable for several months and a lack of suitable
alternative accommodation; loss of key clients and staff in an
affected  area  and  difficult  communications  with  both
customers  and  staff.  As  a  consequence  of  the  above,  the
group could suffer a loss of revenue.

To  mitigate  this  risk  the  group  has  detailed  disaster  recovery
(DR) plans for all businesses. All employees can work remotely.
The  group  regularly  tests  its  DR  plans.  It  has  robust  systems 
in  place  with  key  locations  (including  the  UK,  US,  Canada 
and  Asia)  benefiting  from  dual  locations  of  back  ups,  dual
loading  of  live  back  ups  for  key  systems  and  third-party 
24-hour support.

Publishing legislation
The group generates a significant amount of its revenue from
publishing  and  hence  has  an  inherent  libel  risk.  A  successful
libel  claim  is  likely  to  affect  the  group's  reputation  in  the
market  place  where  the  libel  claim  arose  and/or  where  the
publication was published. As a consequence the group could
suffer a loss of advertising and other add-on revenue streams.

To  mitigate  this  risk  the  group  runs  mandatory  annual  libel
courses for all journalists and editors. Key staff are aware of
the significant nature of the risks and strong internal controls
are in place for reporting to senior management if a potential
issue arises. The group also has libel insurance cover.

Circulation
The group publishes over 70 titles and publications and sells
advertising  based  partly  on  circulation  figures.  An  incorrect
claim  for  circulation  could  adversely  affect  the  group's
reputation  in  the  applicable  market  place  with  a  potential
knock-on  effect  for  other  titles  within  the  group.  This  could
lead  to  the  permanent  loss  of  advertisers  and  other 
revenue streams. 

All  of  the  above  risks  have  been  further  heightened  by  the
impact of the credit crunch resulting in increasing uncertainty
in global financial markets and economies.

To  mitigate  this  risk  the  group  runs  rolling  annual  internal
audits  and  regularly  monitors  internal  controls  designed  to
cover circulation. Detailed guidance is provided to all relevant

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

15

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 16

Directors'  Report continued

employees  and  their  understanding  of  the  rules  is  regularly
monitored.  There  are  a  large  number  of  mutually  exclusive
titles  and  it  is  unlikely  that  an  incorrect  circulation  claim,
should  it  arise,  would  affect  the  circulation  of  other  titles
within the wider group. Similar controls are applied to claims
for electronic publishing activities.

brand  could  impact  the  group's  reported  profits.  The  group
works hard to manage the quality and reputation of its brands
and products and protects these where necessary with trade
marks  which  are  monitored  by  external  advisors.  In  addition
the group benefits from a broad range of products and brands
which diversifies the brand risk.

Acquisition and disposal risk
Part of the group's strategy is to be acquisitive. Management
review a number of potential acquisitions each year with only
a  small  proportion  of  these  going  through  to  due  diligence
stage  and  possible  subsequent  purchase.  The  group  could
suffer  an  impairment  loss  if  an  acquired  business  does  not
generate the expected returns or fails to operate or grow in its
markets  and  products  areas.  The  expected  risks  of  a  newly
acquired  entity  may  be  misunderstood.  As  a  consequence  a
significant  amount  of  management  time  could  be  diverted
from  other  operational  matters.  The  group  is  also  subject  to
disposal  risk,  possibly  failing  to  achieve  optimal  value  from
disposed  businesses  or  underestimating  the  impact  on  the
remaining group businesses from such a disposal.

To mitigate this risk experienced senior management perform
detailed  in-house  due  diligence  and  call  on  expert  external
advisors where deemed necessary. Acquisition agreements are
usually structured so as to retain key employees in the acquired
company  and  there  is  a  close  monitoring  of  performance  at
board level of the entity concerned post acquisition.

Key staff leaving
In  order  to  pursue  our  strategy,  we  are  reliant  on  key
management and staff across all our businesses. Many of the
businesses  products  are  reliant  on  the  technological  and
specialist expertise provided by a number of talented staff. All
key  staff  are  engaged  in  long  term  incentive  plans  to
encourage  retention.  In  addition  the  directors  remain
committed  to  recruitment  and  retention  of  high  quality
management  and  talent,  and  provide  a  programme  of  great
opportunity  and  progression  for  employees  including
extensive training and transfer opportunities.

Reliance on key brands
The  group  has  a  portfolio  of  significant  brands.  Damage  to
any of these brands, or increasing popularity of a competitor

Conferences and events
There  has  been  significant  growth  in  the  events  businesses
within  the  group  which  now  account  for  over  40%  of  the
group's profits. A number of key events are organised as joint
venture  partnerships.  Failure 
joint  venture
relationships  could  result  in  loss  of  profit,  reputation  and
damage to the specific event brand. Measures are in place to
closely manage these key relationships and the quality of the
events to ensure they remain financially successful.

in  these 

Events are held all over the world and rely on the ability of the
delegates to travel globally. Disruptions or reductions to global
travel  as  a  result  of  terrorism,  pandemic  or  climate  change
issues,  could  lead  to  events  being  cancelled  or  refunded.
Abandonment insurance is in place for targeted key events.

Tax
The  group  operates  within  many  jurisdictions;  earnings  are
therefore  subject  to  taxation  at  differing  rates  across  these
jurisdictions.  The  directors  endeavour  to  manage  the  tax
affairs of the group in an efficient manner, however, due to an
ever  more  complex  international  tax  environment  there  will
always  be  a  level  of  uncertainty  when  provisioning  for  tax
liabilities.  There  is  also  a  risk  of  tax  laws  being  amended  by
authorities  in  the  different  jurisdictions  in  which  the  group
operates which could have an adverse effect on the financial
results.  External  tax  experts  and  in-house  tax  specialists,
reporting to the tax and treasury committee, work together to
review all tax arrangements within the group and keep abreast
of changes in global tax legislation.

Technological change and IT infrastructure
All of the group's businesses to some degree are dependent
on  technology.  Information  systems  are  critical  for  the
effective  management  and  provision  of  services  around  the
group.  Disruption  to  information  technology  could  adversely
affect  the  business  and  damage  the  group's  reputation.  The

16

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 17

internet  is  becoming  an  ever  increasing  important  revenue
stream for the group and with this comes risk. The internet,
through  the  proliferation  of  free  content  and  content
aggregators, has the potential to erode hard copy advertising
increasing
and 
dependence on information systems has also heightened the
information  security  risk  to  the  group  with  breaches  in  our
data  security  systems  having  a  potential  impact  on  our
business and reputation.

revenues.  The  group's 

subscription 

The  group  is  already  embracing  these  challenges,  and  overall
sees  the  internet  and  other  technological  advances  as  an
opportunity not a threat. Business continuity plans are in place
in each business and include comprehensive back up plans for
IT infrastructure, with the aim to protect the businesses from
unnecessary  disruption.  The  group  has  comprehensive
information security standards and practices in place which are
reviewed  on  a  regular  basis.  Many  of  the  group's  businesses
already produce soft copies of publications to supplement the
hard  copies.  While  the  internet  is  an  important  tool  for
generating  additional  revenue  the  group's  product  mix
provides protection for any potential unforeseen problems. For
example, the group's share of profit from event businesses is
growing, with face-to-face meetings of increasing importance. 

5.  Social responsibility
The company’s strategy: Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC
encourages  its  people  to  be  active  in  charities.  Its  charity
budget  deliberately  supports  the  same  good  causes  that  its
employees  support,  matching  or  better  the  money  raised  by 
its people.

In 2007/8 it did the same, but it also set out to do something
extra,  something  much  more  ambitious,  as  described  in  last
year’s annual report. To remind shareholders, it searched for a
special one-off charity project before choosing a single cause
that  was  particularly  suitable  for  a  publishing  company  that
earns much of its revenues in emerging markets. The criteria it
selected  were  that  the  project  must  make  a  maximum
beneficial change to people’s lives, that it would concentrate
on  children,  that  it  would  be  permanent  or  self-sustaining,
that it would fire the imagination of the company’s employees
around  the  world,  and  that  it  would  be  entirely  funded
through the company’s efforts. 

When  the  search  finished,  Euromoney  Institutional  Investor
had found its project, to create a children’s eye clinic in Orissa,
the poorest state in India. It would take three years to come
fully on stream. 

Avoidable blindness is very common in poor regions of India
and  Africa.  Much  of  it  can  be  cured  by  a  simple  cataract
operation that costs around £12. The key is to build the clinic
in the grounds of an existing hospital, in this case the Kalinga
Eye Hospital, and to share many of the facilities. Surgeons and
nurses would be recruited and trained to perform delicate eye
surgery  on  children  in  the  new  clinic  under  the  guidance  of
ORBIS,  the 
is
Euromoney’s partner in the project. The mission of ORBIS is to
restore sight to poor people in developing countries. The clinic
would sustain itself by charging better off parents, so that no
child would be turned away. Hospital teams would tour local
villages, testing children’s eyesight and encouraging parents to
bring them to the clinic for surgery if needed.

international   blindness  charity,  which 

The  budgeted  cost  of  the  project  was  £188,000.  ORBIS
suggested  the  funds  be  raised  over  three  years.  Euromoney
Institutional  Investor  set  out  to  raise  the  money  in  a  year. 
At  the  end  of  calendar  2006  it  asked  its  people,  the 
company itself, and its customers to combine in one big effort.
The  Board  decided  that,  in  addition  to  the  usual  charity
budget,  the  company  would  donate  a  further  £50,000  to
Kalinga. In addition, the directors individually gave more than
£50,000.  Employees  everywhere  rose  to  the  challenge,
jumping  from  aeroplanes,  raising  funds  at  the  company’s
conferences  and  awards  dinners,  organising  quiz  evenings,
running  marathons  and  holding  cake  sales.  They  raised  a
further  £77,000.  The  company  then  appealed  to  its
customers,  who  responded  with  a  generosity  that  took  the
total  raised  through  £280,000.  The  additional  funds  have
been  channelled  into  other  similar  ORBIS  projects,  saving
childrens’ sight in other areas.

Progress  has  been  even  better  than  expected.  The  new
building housing the children’s eye clinic is nearing completion
and  ready  for  its  official  opening.  The  clinic  has  its  own
opthalmologist,  Dr  Susanta  Jagadala,  who  has  completed  a
one-year  fellowship  in  paediatric  opthalmology,  financed  by
Euromoney  Institutional  Investor.  That  means  that  paediatric

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

17

80766 pre  11/12/08  16:49  Page 18

Directors'  Report continued

cases can be handled for the first time at Kalinga. Six specialist
support  staff  have  also  been  trained,  while  97  teachers  and
community  workers  have  been  trained  to  identify  eye
problems in children, all through the company’s funding and
the planning and supervision of ORBIS.

The latest numbers supplied by Orbis state that in the last year
through  Euromoney’s  support  of  outreach  activity,  23,000
people  in  Orissa,  10,300  more  than  target,  have  received
medical  treatment,  including  4,150  children,  62,216  people
have been screened in the out-patient department of Kalinga
Eye  Hospital,  at  rural  outreach  mass  screening  camps  in
remoter  areas  and  through  school  screening  programmes.
Some  22,912  people  have  been  medically  treated  at  the
hospital and at outreach camps (the medical treatment at the
camps  includes  the  provision  of  spectacles,  antibiotics  and
patching),  while  4,662  people  have  received  sight-saving
surgery at Kalinga Eye Hospital. A further 10,014 people have
been educated on protecting their sight at the hospital and at
outreach camps. 

A  team  from  the  company  led  by  Jane  Wilkinson,  group
marketing director, visited Kalinga in November 2007. It was
given  a  tour  of  Kalinga  Eye  Hospital,  and  also  visited  an
outreach camp and a school screening event conducted by the
Hospital in the rural areas of Orissa. It also visited some of the
project beneficiaries and their families in the rural areas, and
saw some of the work that has been made possible through
the company’s support. 

Charity dinners
A  number  of  charity  dinners  were  held  during  the  year.  For
instance,  this  year  £134,000  was  raised  in  support  of  Hope
and  Homes  for  Children.  Hope  and  Homes  for  Children  is  a
registered charity working in Central and Eastern Europe and
Africa. Their Mission is to give hope to the poorest children in
the  world  –  those  who  are  orphaned,  abandoned  or
vulnerable – by enabling them to grow up within the love of 
a  family  and  the  security  of  a  home,  so  that  they  can  fulfil 
their potential. 

Sixty  six  thousand  pounds  was  raised  for  War  Child  UK,  a
charity that provides help to children affected by war in Iraq,
Afghanistan,  Democratic  Republic  of  Congo  and  Uganda.

They  work  with  children  who  have  been  hit  hardest  by  the
joint  forces  of  poverty,  conflict  and  social  exclusion.  Their
groundbreaking  work  with  former  child  soldiers,  street
children  and  children  in  prison  has  supported  and  helped
thousands  who  would  otherwise  not  have  been  able  to
reintegrate with their community, gain access to education or
enjoy sustainable livelihood support. 

The  group  raised  HK$121,000  (£7,000)  for  the  Hong  Kong
Cancer Fund. Hong Kong Cancer Fund was founded in 1987
when limited resources were available to support the needs of
cancer patients and their families. Over the past twenty years,
they have evolved from a small support group to Hong Kong's
leading organisation for cancer care, delivering the philosophy
of 'Care in Action'.

Annual charity drive
Each  year  the  US  group  conducts  a  charity  drive  where 
the  business  will  match  up  to  a  total  of  $40,000  (£20,000) 
per  year  in  employee  contributions  made  to  various 
charitable  organisations.  This  is  an  excellent  way  to  cover  a
broad  range  of  charities  that  employees  themselves  may
favour and support. 

Christmas charity event 
Each  year  a  local  charity  or  community  group  is  selected  for
employees to donate Christmas gifts. This year the donations
were  given  to  a  shelter  for  single  mothers  that  housed 
27 mothers and 62 children. They were invited to participate
in  a  party  at  which  they  were  all  given  gifts  that  they  had
requested in letters to Santa.

Skip lunch and fight hunger
The group's US based company along with other companies
throughout  New  York  City  participated  in  a  "Feed  the  kids"
campaign  conducted  by  City  Harvest.  People  were  asked  to
skip  a  fancy  coffee  or  lunch  and  donate  the  cost  of  such  to
help  feed  some  of  the  most  vulnerable  of  our  population:
children.

Blood drive
Each year our US offices conduct an annual blood drive, 2008
was the most successful to date with more than 95 employees
donating blood.

18

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 19

6.  Future developments in the business
An indication of the trading outlook for the group is given in
the Chairman's statement on page 6. In 2009 the directors will
work  towards  maintaining  the  current  success  of  the  group
and  continue  to  shape  the  business  to  remain  lucrative  and
competitive in the midst of an increasingly difficult economic
environment. This will include a full cost base review to ensure
the  business  is  operating  as  effectively  as  possible  and
facilitate growth in a challenging global market. As discussed
on  page  10,  the  group's  financing  facility  expires  in  August
2009 and the directors, subsequent to the year end, agreed a
new  facility.  The  group  is  well  placed  to  diversify  its  product
and geographical base and remains committed to its strategy
set  out  on  page  8.  In  addition  a  new  on-line  payment
processing system will be completed ensuring the UK group's
credit  card  payments  remain  industry  compliant.  Further
investment will be made in the back-office project, the group's
vast  back  catalogue  of  articles  and  information  stored
electronically  in  a  central  location  and  available  for  easy
interrogation. The group will continue to invest in its systems
and people, for instance a new HR system is planned for 2009
and  management  will  continue  to  roll  out  the  group's
upgraded  accounting  system  software  to  other  parts  of 
the group,

The board will continue to review the portfolio of businesses,
disposing,  closing  or  restructuring  any  under-performing
businesses to allow the group to have the necessary resources
and  skills  to  remain  acquisitive.  The  group  will  invest  in
technology  and  new  businesses,  particularly  electronic
information products.

7.  Directors and their interests
The company’s Articles of Association give power to the board
to  appoint  directors  from  time  to  time.  In  addition  to  the
statutory  rights  of  shareholders  to  remove  a  director  by
ordinary  resolution,  the  board  may  also  remove  a  director
where 75% of the board give written notice to such director.
The Articles of Association themselves may be amended by a
special resolution of the shareholders.

The directors who served during the year are listed on pages
22 and 23. The directors' interests are given on pages 40 and
41.  With  effect  from  September  30  2008  CJF  Sinclair  and

JP Williams retired as non-executive directors from the board.
CJF Sinclair retired to coincide with his retirement from his role
as Chief Executive of DMGT. JP Williams will continue to serve
as an alternate representative on the company's board in the
absence  of  The  Viscount  Rothermere.  MWH  Morgan  was
appointed a non-executive director on October 1 2008, taking
over  from  CJF  Sinclair,  and,  according  to  the  Articles  of
Association, a director appointed during the year must retire
at the first available AGM and, being eligible, offer themselves
for  re-election.  The  effect  of  these  changes  is  to  reduce  the
number  of  DMGT  representatives  on  the  company's  board
from three to two.

Following  best  practice  under  corporate  governance  and  in
accordance  with  the  company’s  Articles  of  Association,  all
directors submit themselves for re-election at least every three
years.  Accordingly,  NF  Osborn,  CR  Brown,  D  Alfano  and
MJ  Carroll  will  retire  at  the  forthcoming  Annual  General
Meeting  and,  being  eligible,  will  offer  themselves  for  re-
election.  Also,  as  required  by  best  practice  under  corporate
governance,  all  non-executive  directors  who  have  served  for
more than three three-year terms must submit themselves for
re-election on an annual basis. In addition, in accordance with
the Combined Code on Corporate Governance, before the re-
election of a non-executive director, the chairman is required
to confirm to shareholders that, following formal performance
evaluation, the non-executive's performance continues to be
effective  and  demonstrates  commitment  to  the  role.
Accordingly, The Viscount Rothermere and JC Botts will retire
at  the  forthcoming  Annual  General  Meeting  and,  being
eligible  following  a  formal  performance  evaluation  by  the
chairman, offer themselves for re-election.

In  addition,  as  required  by  the  Articles  of  Association,  Sir
Patrick  Sergeant,  being  over  the  age  of  70,  will  retire  at  the
forthcoming  Annual  General  Meeting  and,  being  eligible
following  a  formal  performance  evaluation  by  the  chairman,
will offer himself for re-election. Details of the interests of the
directors in the ordinary shares of the company and of options
held  by  the  directors  to  subscribe  for  ordinary  shares  in  the
company are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on
pages 30 to 41.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

19

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 20

Directors'  Report continued

8.  Capital structure and significant shareholdings
Details  of  the  company's  share  capital  are  given  in  note  22.
The company's share capital is divided into ordinary shares of
0.25 pence each. Each share entitles its holder to one vote at
shareholders' meetings and the right to receive one share of
the company's dividends. 

At November 12 2008, being the latest practical date before
approval  of  the  accounts,  notification  had  been  received,  in
accordance with chapter 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency
Rules,  of  the  following  voting  rights  as  a  shareholder  of 
the company: 

Name of holder

Daily Mail and General

Nature of
holding

% of 
Number
of shares voting rights

Holdings Limited

Direct

69,851,416

66.3

BlackRock Merrill Lynch
Investment Manager

Direct

3,207,414

3.05

Banque 
issued
Internationale  à  Luxembourg  SA  has 
international depositary receipts (IDR) in bearer form in respect
of  a  total  of  948,800  shares  (0.9%)  registered  in  its  name.
Each  IDR  issued  equates  to  one  underlying  ordinary  share  in
the capital of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC.

Details of the directors' entitlement to compensation for loss
of  office  following  a  takeover  or  contract  termination  are
given in the Directors' Remuneration Report.

9.  EU Takeovers Directive
Pursuant  to  s992  of  the  Companies  Act  2006,  which
implements  the  EU  Takeovers  Directive,  the  company  is
required  to  disclose  certain  additional  information.  Such
disclosures,  which  are  not  covered  elsewhere  in  this  Annual
Report, include the following:

There  are  a  number  of  agreements  that  take  effect,  alter  or
terminate upon a change of control of the company following

a  takeover  bid,  such  as  commercial  contracts,  bank  loan
agreements,  property  lease  arrangements,  directors'  service
agreements  and  employees'  share  plans.  None  of  these  are
deemed to be significant in terms of their potential impact on
the business of the group as a whole.

10.  Authority to purchase and allot own shares
The  company’s  authority  to  purchase  up  to  10%  of  its  own
shares expires at the conclusion of the company’s next Annual
General  Meeting.  A  resolution  to  renew  this  authority  for  a
further period will be put to shareholders at this meeting.

At the Annual General Meeting of the company on January 30
2008, the shareholders authorised the directors to allot shares
up  to  an  aggregate  nominal  amount  of  £85,810  expiring  at
the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting to be held in
2009. A resolution to renew this authority for a further period
will be put to shareholders at this meeting.

11.  Political and charitable contributions
During  the  year  the  group  raised  charitable  contributions  of
£290,000  (2007:  £390,000).  There  were  no  political
contributions in either year.

12.  Disabled employees
It  is  the  group’s  policy  to  give  full  and  fair  consideration  to
applications for employment from people who are disabled; to
continue,  wherever  possible,  the  employment  of,  and  to
arrange  appropriate  training  for,  employees  who  become
disabled;  and  to  provide  opportunities  for  the  career
development, training and promotion of disabled employees.

13.  Employee involvement and training
The  group  believes  it  is  important  to  provide  skills  and
management  training  for  its  employees  around  the  world.  It
continues  to  develop  these  programmes  and  tries  to  ensure
that as many employees as possible benefit from internal and
external  training.  The  group  is  continually  developing  and
expanding the training programmes provided.

20

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 21

The group recognises the importance of good communication
in relationships with its staff. This is pursued in a number of
ways,  including  training  and  regular  meetings  between
management  and  staff,  which  seek  to  achieve  common
awareness  on  the  part  of  all  employees  of  the  financial  and
economic  circumstances  affecting  the  group’s  performance.
Many  employees  participate  directly  in  the  success  of  the
business  through  involvement  in  the  group’s  profit  sharing
schemes,  the  Capital  Appreciation  Plan  and  in  the  savings
related share option scheme.

14.  Supplier payment policy
Each  Euromoney  Institutional  Investor  business  agrees
payment terms with its suppliers on an individual basis and it
is  group  policy  to  make  payments  in  accordance  with  these
terms.  The  group  had  80  days  of  purchases  in  creditors  at
September 30 2008 (2007: 76 days).

15.  Directors' indemnities
The  company  has  in  place  directors  and  officers  liability  and
corporate  reimbursement  insurance  for  the  benefit  of  the
company's directors and those of other associated companies.
The  insurance  has  been  in  place  throughout  the  year  and
remains in force at the date of this report.

16.  Annual General Meeting
The  company’s  Annual  General  Meeting  will  be  held  on
January 28 2009.

17.  Auditors
A  resolution  to  re-appoint  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP  as  the
company's  auditor  is  expected  to  be  proposed  at  the
forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

18.  Disclosure of information to auditors
In  the  case  of  each  of  the  persons  who  is  a  director  of  the
company at November 12 2008:

● so far as each of the directors is aware, there is no relevant
audit information (as defined in the Companies Act 1985)
of which the company's auditors are unaware; and

● each  of  the  directors  has  taken  all  the  steps  that  he/she
ought to have taken as a director to make himself/herself
aware  of  any  relevant  audit  information  (as  defined) 
and to establish that the company's auditors are aware of
the information.

This  confirmation  is  given  and  should  be  interpreted  in
accordance with the provisions of s234ZA of the Companies
Act 1985.

By order of the board

Colin Jones
Company Secretary
November 12 2008

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

21

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 22

Directors  and  Advisors

Executive Directors

Chairman

Mr SM Brady (aged 43) joined the company in 1988 and

was  appointed  an  executive  director  in  May  1999.  He  is

‡ Mr  PM  Fallon (aged  62)  is  chairman.  He  joined  the

managing director of Euromoney. 

company  in  1974  and  was  appointed  an  executive

director  in  October  1975.  He  was  appointed  managing

Mr RT Lamont (aged 61) joined Institutional Investor, Inc.

director in 1985, chief executive in 1989 and chairman in

in  1976  and  was  appointed  an  executive  director  in

1992. He is chairman of the nominations committee. He

May  1999.  He  is  editor  of  Institutional  Investor's

is  also  an  executive  director  of  Daily  Mail  and  General

newsletter division and a director of Institutional Investor,

Trust plc and a member of the board of the Trinity College

Inc. Mr RT Lamont has indicated his intention to retire as

Dublin Foundation.

Managing Director

an executive director on January 13 2009 on reaching the

age of 62.

‡ Mr  PR  Ensor (aged  60)  is  the  managing  director.  He

Ms D Alfano (aged 52) joined Institutional Investor, Inc. 

joined  the  company  in  1976  and  was  appointed  an

in  1984  and  was  appointed  an  executive  director  in 

executive  director  in  1983.  He  was  appointed  managing

July  2000.  She  is  managing  director  of  Institutional

director  in  1992  and  is  a  member  of  the  nominations

Investor's  conference  division  and  a  director  of

committee. He is also a director of Internet Securities, Inc

Institutional Investor, Inc.

and BCA Publications Limited.

Mr  G  Mueller  (aged  42)  is  chairman  of  Internet

Mr NF Osborn (aged 59) joined the company in 1983 and

Securities,  Inc.  (ISI),  which  he  founded  in  1994.

was  appointed  an  executive  director  in  February  1988.

Euromoney  acquired  ISI  in  1999,  at  which  point

He is the publisher of Euromoney. He is also a director of

Mr  Mueller  joined  the  company.  He  was  appointed  an

Internet  Securities,  Inc.,  and  of  OAO  RBC  Information

executive  director  in  July  2000.  He  is  also  chairman  and

Systems, a Russian public company.

CEO of Institutional Investor and a director and chairman

of Information Management Network, Inc.

Mr DC Cohen (aged 50) joined the company in 1984 and

was appointed an executive director in September 1989.

Mr MJ Carroll (aged 51) joined Institutional Investor, Inc.

He is managing director of the training division. 

in 1994 and was appointed an executive director in May

2002.  He  is  the  editor  of  Institutional  Investor and  a

Mr CR Brown (aged 54) joined the company in 1982 and

director of Institutional Investor, Inc. 

was appointed an executive director in September 1989.

He  is  based  in  the  United  States  and  is  president  of

Mr CHC Fordham (aged 48) joined the company in 2000

Institutional Investor, Inc. 

and was appointed an executive director in July 2003. He

is the director responsible for acquisitions and disposals as

Mr CR Jones (aged 48) is the finance director.  He joined

well  as  some  of  the  company's  publishing  businesses,

the  company  in  July  1996  and  was  appointed  finance

including the Legal Media Group, HedgeFund Intelligence,

director  in  November  1996.  He  is  also  the  company

Total  Derivatives  and  the  Metals,  Minerals  &  Mining

secretary  and  a  director  of  Institutional  Investor,  Inc.,

division of Metal Bulletin. 

Information  Management  Network, 

Inc., 

Internet

Securities, Inc and BCA Publications Limited.

Ms JL Wilkinson (aged 43) joined the company in 2000

and was appointed an executive director in March 2007.

She is director of marketing for the group, and a director

of Adhesion SA, the French events business.

22

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 23

Non-executive Directors

†‡ The  Viscount  Rothermere (aged  40)  was  appointed  a
non-executive  director  in  September  1998  and  is  a

member  of 

the 

remuneration  and  nominations

committees.  He  is  chairman  of  Daily  Mail  and  General

Trust plc.

President
Sir Patrick Sergeant

Company Secretary
CR Jones

‡

Sir Patrick Sergeant (aged 84) is a non-executive director
and president. He founded the company in 1969 and was

managing director until 1985 when he became chairman.

He retired as chairman in September 1992 when he was

appointed  as  president  and  non-executive  director.  He

retired as a member of the audit committee in July 2008.

He is a member of the nominations committee.

Mr  CJF  Sinclair (aged  60)  retired  from  the  board  with
effect from September 30 2008. He had been appointed

a  non-executive  director  in  November  1985  and  during

the  year  was  a  member  of  the  remuneration  and

nominations committees. He was chief executive of Daily

Mail and General Trust plc. 

§ Mr  JP  Williams  (aged  55)  retired  from  the  board  with
effect  from  September  30  2008.  He  had  been  a  non-

executive  director  since  June  1991.  Mr  Williams  is  a

member  of  the  audit  committee.  He  is  finance  director 

of Daily Mail and General Trust plc.

†‡§ Mr  JC  Botts (aged  67)  was  appointed  a  non-executive
director in December 1992 and is chairman of the audit

and  remuneration  committees  and  a  member  of  the

nominations committee. He is managing director of Allen

&  Company  in  London,  non-executive  chairman  of

United  Business  Media  Group  Limited,  non-executive

director of Convera Corporation and a director of several

private companies.

§ Mr  JC  Gonzalez (aged  63)  was  appointed  a  non-
executive director in November 2004 and is a member of

the audit committee. He is chairman and chief executive

of American Orient Capital Partners Holdings Limited, an

investment  and  financial  advisory  services  firm  based  in

Hong  Kong  covering  the  Asia  Pacific  region.  He  is  also 

a  director  of  a  number  of  publicly  listed  companies  in 

the Philippines.

†‡ Mr  MWH  Morgan (aged  58)  was  appointed  a  non-
executive  director  on  October  1  2008.  He  was  also

appointed a member of the remuneration and nomination

committees  with  effect  from  October  1  2008.  He  was

previously  chief  executive  of  DMG  Information  and

became chief executive of Daily Mail and General Trust plc

on October 1 2008.

† member of the remuneration committee
‡ member of the nominations committee
§ member of the audit committee

Registered Office
Nestor House, Playhouse Yard, 
London EC4V 5EX

Registered Number
954730

Auditors
Deloitte & Touche LLP, London

Solicitors
Nabarro, Lacon House, 
Theobald’s Road, 
London WC1X 8RW

Joint brokers
UBS, 1 Finsbury Avenue,
London EC2M 2PP 
and 
Dresdner Kleinwort, 30 Gresham Street,
London EC2V 7PG

Depositary
Banque Internationale à Luxembourg SA, 
69 route d’Esch, 2953 Luxembourg

Agents of the Depositary
Citicorp Investment Bank (Switzerland), 
Bahnhofstrasse 63, PO Box 224, 
CH 8021 Zurich.

Citibank NA, 
Citibank House, 336 Strand, 
London WC2R 1HB

Registrars
Capita IRG plc
The Registry, 34 Beckenham Road, 
Beckenham, Kent, BR3 4TU

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

23

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 24

Corporate  Gover nance

The  Financial  Reporting  Council's  Combined  Code  on
Corporate  Governance  is  part  of  the  Listing  Rules  of  the
Financial Services Authority. The paragraphs below and in the
Directors'  Remuneration  Report  on  pages  30  to  41  set  out
how  the  company  has  applied  the  principles  laid  down  by 
the Code. 

With  effect  from  September  30  2008  CJF  Sinclair  and 
JP Williams retired as non-executive directors from the board.
CJF Sinclair retired to coincide with his retirement from his role
as chief executive of Daily Mail and General Trust plc (DMGT).
Subsequent  to  the  year  end,  on  October  1  2008,  MWH
Morgan,  chief  executive  of  DMGT,  was  appointed  as  a  non-
executive director of the company. 

At a meeting of the board in July 2008, RT Lamont indicated
his intention to retire as an executive director on January 13
2009  on  reaching  the  age  of  62.  At  the  same  meeting, 
Sir  Patrick  Sergeant  retired  as  a  member  of  the  audit
committee with immediate effect.

The  effect  of  these  changes  reduces  the  number  of  DMGT
representatives on the board from three to two and reduces
the number of executive directors from 13 to 12. JP Williams
has agreed to serve as an alternate representative on the board
of  the  company  in  the  absence  of  The  Viscount  Rothermere. 
JP Williams remains a member of the audit committee.

The  company  continues  substantially  to  comply  with  the
Code,  save  for  the  exceptions  disclosed  in  the  directors’
compliance statement on pages 28 and 29. 

Directors
The board and its role
Details of directors who served during the year are set out on
pages  22  and  23.  During  the  year  the  board  comprised  the
chairman (PM Fallon), managing director (PR Ensor), 11 other
executive directors and six non-executive directors. Two of the
six  non-executive  directors  are  independent,  one  is  the
founder and ex-chairman of the company, and the other three
are also directors of DMGT, an intermediate parent company.
On  September  30  2008  two  of  the  non-executive  directors
(CJF  Sinclair  and  JP  Williams)  retired  and  with  effect  from
October 1 2008 MWH Morgan was appointed to the board as
a non-executive director. In addition RT Lamont has indicated
his intention to retire from the board as an executive director
on January 13 2009. 

There are clear divisions of responsibility within the board such
that no one individual has unfettered powers of decision. The
board although large does not consider itself to be unwieldy
and believes it is beneficial to have representatives from all key
areas of the business at board meetings. There is a procedure
for  all  directors  in  the  furtherance  of  their  duties  to  take
independent  professional  advice,  at  the  company’s  expense.
They  also  have  access  to  the  advice  and  services  of  the
company  secretary.  All  directors  submit  themselves  for  re-
election  at  least  once  every  three  years.  Newly  appointed
directors  are  submitted  for  election  at  the  first  available
opportunity after their appointment.

The  board  meets  every  two  months  and  there  is  frequent
contact  between  meetings.  Board  meetings  take  place  in
London,  New  York,  Montreal  and  Hong  Kong,  and  in  other
locations  where  the  group  has  operations.  The  board  has
delegated  specific  aspects  of  the  group’s  affairs  to  standing
committees, each of which operates within defined terms of
reference.  Details  of  these  are  set  out  below.  However,  to
ensure its overall control of the group's affairs, the board has
reserved certain matters to itself for decision. Board meetings
are  held  to  set  and  monitor  strategy,  identify,  evaluate  and
manage material risks, to review trading performance, ensure
adequate funding, examine major acquisition possibilities and
approve reports to shareholders. Procedures are established to
ensure  that  appropriate  information  is  communicated  to  the
board in a timely manner to enable it to fulfil its duties.

Executive committee
Chaired by the company's chairman, the executive committee
also  comprises  the  divisional  directors  of  the  group’s  main
businesses, together with the managing director and finance
director.  The  committee  is  responsible  for  the  approval  of
acquisitions, divestments, capital expenditure and contractual
commitments below the level that the board has reserved to
itself  for  decision,  and  for  certain  operational,  administrative
and  other  routine  matters.  The  committee  also  regularly
reviews and reports to the board on the performance of the
group’s  businesses.  At  least  10  meetings  are  held  each  year
and other senior executives frequently attend by invitation.

Nominations committee
The  nominations  committee  is  responsible  for  proposing
candidates for appointment to the board having regard to the
balance of skills and structure of the board and ensuring the
appointees have sufficient time available to devote to the role.
The committee meets when required and comprises PM Fallon
(chairman of the nominations committee), PR Ensor and four
non-executive  directors;  Sir  Patrick  Sergeant,  The  Viscount
Rothermere, CJF Sinclair (retired on September 30 2008 and
with effect from October 1 2008 replaced by MWH Morgan),
and JC Botts. The committee's terms of reference are available
on the company's website.

The committee met once during the year to recommend to the
board the appointment of MWH Morgan as a non-executive
director and the re-election of directors retiring by rotation this
year as set out in the Directors' Report.

Remuneration committee
The  remuneration  committee  meets  twice  a  year  and
additionally  as  required.  It  is  responsible  for  determining  the
contract terms, remuneration and other benefits for executive
directors, including performance related profit share schemes.
The  committee  also  recommends  and  monitors  the  level  of
remuneration for senior management and for the rest of the
group. The composition of the committee, details of directors’
remuneration  and  interests  in  share  options,  together  with
information on directors' service contracts, are set out in the
Directors'  Remuneration  Report  on  pages  30  to  41.  The
committee's terms of reference are available on the company's
website. 

24

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 25

Audit committee
Details of the members and role of the audit committee are set
out on page 27. Sir Patrick Sergeant, with effect from July 16
2008,  retired  as  a  member  of  the  audit  committee.  The
committee's terms of reference are available on the company's
website.

Tax and treasury committee
Details  of  the  members  and  role  of  the  tax  and  treasury
committee are set out in the directors' report on page 12.

Non-executive directors
The non-executive directors bring both independent views and
the  views  of  the  company’s  major  shareholder  to  the  board.
The  non-executive  directors  during  the  year,  whose
biographies can be found on page 23 of the accounts, were:
The Viscount Rothermere, Sir Patrick Sergeant, CJF Sinclair, JP
Williams, JC Botts and JC Gonzalez. On September 30 2008
CJF Sinclair and JP Williams retired as non-executive directors.
With  effect  from  October  1  2008,  MWH  Morgan  was
appointed a non-excutive director of the company. 

At least once a year the company's chairman meets the non-
executive directors without the executive directors being present.

The  board  considers  JC  Botts  and  JC  Gonzalez  to  be
independent  non-executive  directors.  Although  JC  Botts 
has been on the board for more than the recommended term
of  nine  years  under  the  Code,  the  board  believes  that 
his  length  of  service  enhances  his  role  as  an  independent
director. However, due to his length of service, JC Botts does

not meet the Code's definition of independence. JC Botts also
holds  options  to  subscribe  for  common  stock  in  Internet
Securities,  Inc.  a  subsidiary  of  the  company.  However,  the
number of options held by JC Botts is not material to him or
to the company. 

The Viscount Rothermere has a significant shareholding in the
company through his beneficial holding in DMGT and because
of this he is not considered independent.

The Viscount Rothermere, CJF Sinclair, JP Williams, and from
October 1 2008, MWH Morgan, are also executive directors of
DMGT,  an  intermediate  parent  company.  However,  the
company  is  run  as  a  separate,  distinct  and  decentralised
subsidiary of DMGT and these directors have no involvement
in  the  day-to-day  management  of  the  company.  They  bring
valuable experience and advice to the company but the board
does  not  believe  these  non-executive  directors  are  able 
to  exert  undue  influence  on  decisions  taken  by  the  board, 
nor  does  it  consider  their  independence  to  be  impaired 
by  their  positions  with  DMGT.  However,  their  relationship 
with  DMGT  means  they  do  not  meet  the  Code's  definition 
of independence.

Board and committee meetings
Board and committee meetings are arranged well in advance
of  the  meeting  date  and  papers  covering  the  points  to  be
discussed  are  distributed  to  its  members  in  advance  of  the
meetings.  The  following  table  sets  out  the  number  of  board
and committee meetings attended by the directors during the
year to September 30 2008:

Board
meetings

Executive
committee

Remuneration
committee

Nominations
committee

Audit
committee

Tax & treasury
committee 

Number of meetings held during year

Executive directors
PM Fallon – Chairman
PR Ensor – Managing Director
NF Osborn
DC Cohen
CR Brown
CR Jones – Finance Director
RT Lamont
SM Brady
D Alfano
G Mueller
MJ Carroll
CHC Fordham
JL Wilkinson

Non-executive directors
The Viscount Rothermere
Sir Patrick Sergeant*
CJF Sinclair†
JP Williams†
JC Botts
JC Gonzalez 

6

6
6
6
6
6
6
5
5
5
5
6
6
4

5
4
6
6
6
4

* Retired as a member of the audit committee on July 16 2008

† Retired as a non-executive director on September 30 2008

11

11
10
9
11
11
11
9
6
9
10
10
11
11

–
–
–
–
–
–

2

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

2
–
2
–
2
–

1

1
1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

0
0
1
–
1
–

3

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
3
–
3
3
3

2

0
1
–
–
–
2
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
2
–
–

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

25

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 26

Corporate  Gover nance continued

Board and committee effectiveness
During the year the board, through its chairman, assessed its
performance  and  that  of  its  committees.  The  chairman
distributed  a  detailed  questionnaire  to  each  of  the  board
members and together with personal interviews evaluated the
strengths  and  weaknesses  of  the  board  and  its  members.  In
addition, each of the main committees completed a detailed
questionnaire encompassing key areas within their mandates.
The results of the assessment were presented and discussed at
a board meeting and it was concluded that the board and its
committees had been effective throughout the year.

Communication with shareholders
The  company's  chairman,  together  with  the  board,
encourages regular dialogue with shareholders. Meetings are
held,  both  in  the  US  and  UK,  to  discuss  annual  and  interim
results and highlight significant acquisitions or disposals, or at
the request of institutional shareholders. Private shareholders
are encouraged to participate in the annual general meeting.
In  line  with  best  practice  all  shareholders  have  at  least  20
working days notice of the annual general meeting at which
the  executive  directors,  non-executive  directors  and
committee chairs are available for questioning.

Internal control and risk management
The  board  is  responsible  for  the  group’s  system  of  internal
control  and  for  reviewing  its  effectiveness.  Such  a  system  is
designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to
achieve business objectives, and can only provide reasonable
and  not  absolute  assurance  against  material  misstatement 
or loss.

In accordance with principle C.2 and C.2.1 of the Combined
Code on corporate governance, the board has implemented a
continuing  process  for  identifying,  evaluating  and  managing
the material risks faced by the group.

The  board  has  reviewed  the  effectiveness  of  the  group’s
system of internal control and has taken account of material
developments  which  have  taken  place  since  September  30
2007. It has considered the major business and financial risks,
the  control  environment  and  the  results  of  internal  audit.
Steps  have  been  taken  to  embed  internal  control  and  risk
management further into the operations of the group and to
deal  with  areas  of  improvement  which  have  come  to
management’s and the board’s attention.

Key  procedures  which  the  directors  have  established  with  a
view  to  providing  effective  internal  control,  and  which  have
been in place throughout the year and up to the date of this
report, are as follows:

The board of directors
● the  board  normally  meets  six  times  a  year  to  consider
group strategy, risk management, financial performance,
acquisitions, business development and management issues;

● the  board  has  overall  responsibility  for  the  group  and
there is a formal schedule of matters specifically reserved
for decision by the board;

● each  executive  director  has  been  given  responsibility  for

specific aspects of the group’s affairs;

● the  board  divides  the  group’s  key  risks  into  six  broad
categories  and  reviews  and  assesses  each  of  these  at 
least annually;

● the board seeks assurance that effective control is being
maintained  through  regular  reports  from  business  group
management, 
the  audit  committee  and  various
independent monitoring functions; and

● the board approves the annual forecast after performing a
review  of  key  risk  factors.  Performance  is  monitored
regularly  by  way  of  variances  and  key  performance
indicators  to  enable  relevant  action  to  be  taken  and
forecasts  are  updated  each  quarter.  The  board  considers
longer-term  financial  projections  as  part  of  its  regular
discussions on the group’s strategy.

During the year and up to the approval of this annual report
and accounts the board has not identified nor been advised of
any  failings  or  weaknesses  which  it  has  determined  to  be
significant. Therefore a confirmation of necessary actions has
not been considered appropriate.

Quality, integrity of personnel and whistle blowing
arrangements
The  integrity  and  competence  of  personnel  is  ensured
through  high  recruitment  standards  and  a  commitment
to  management  and  business  skills  training.  High-quality
personnel are an essential part of the control environment and
the  high  ethical  standards  expected  are  communicated  by
management  and  through  the  employee  handbook  which  is
provided to all employees. The employee handbook also sets
out  the  procedures  available  to  staff  to  raise,  in  confidence,
possible improprieties in matters of financial reporting or other
matters.

Social responsibility
The  group  is  keen  to  maintain  a  high  level  of  social
responsibility  and  has  procedures  embedded  in  its  internal
systems  and  controls  to  ensure  its  social  standards  are
monitored regularly and are not breached. The group supports
and  encourages  employees  who  become  involved  in 
social  projects  and  examples  of  these  are  given  in  the
Directors' Report.

Environmental responsibility
The group does not operate directly in industries where there
is the potential for serious industrial pollution. It does not print
products in-house or have any investments in printing works.
It takes its environmental responsibility seriously and complies
with  all  relevant  environmental  laws  and  regulations  in  each
country in which it operates. Wherever economically feasible,
account  is  taken  of  environmental  issues  when  placing
contracts  with  suppliers  of  goods  and  services  and  these
suppliers are regularly reviewed and monitored. For instance,
the  group's  two  biggest  print  contracts  are  outsourced  to
companies  who  have  environment  management  systems
compliant to the ISO 14001 standard. The paper used for the
group's  publications  is  produced  from  pulp  obtained  from

26

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 27

sustainable forests, manufactured under strict, monitored and
accountable  environmental  standards.  The  group  is  not  a
heavy  user  of  energy;  however,  it  does  manage  its  energy
requirements  sensibly  using  low-energy  office  equipment
where possible and using a common sense approach such as
switching off equipment, air-conditioning, heating and lights
when not required.

Health and safety
The  group  is  committed  to  the  health  and  safety  of  its
employees and communities in which it operates. The group
complies  with  all  local  health  and  safety  regulations  and
makes  use  of  external  health  and  safety  advisers  where
appropriate.  The  UK  businesses  benefit  from  a  monthly
assessment  of  the  working  environment  by  experienced
assessors  and  regular  training  of  all  existing  and  new  UK
employees in health and safety matters.

Investment appraisal
The  managing  director,  finance  director  and  business  group
managers  consider  proposals  for  acquisitions  and  new
businesses.  Proposals  beyond  specified  limits  are  put  to  the
board  for  approval  and  are  subject  to  due  diligence  by 
the  group’s  finance  team  and,  if  necessary,  independent
regulated  by  strict
advisers.  Capital  expenditure 
authorisation controls. For capital expenditure above specified
levels,  detailed  written  proposals  must  be  submitted  to 
the  board  and  reviews  are  carried  out  to  monitor  progress
against budget.

is 

Accounting and computer systems controls 
and procedures
Accounting  controls  and  procedures  are  regularly  reviewed
and communicated throughout the group. Particular attention
is paid to authorisation levels and segregation of duties. The
group’s  tax,  financing  and  foreign  exchange  positions  are
overseen by the tax and treasury committee, which meets at
least twice a year. Controls and procedures over the security of
data  and  disaster  recovery  are  periodically  reviewed  and  are
subject to internal audit.

Internal audit
The group has an internal audit function which is managed by
DMGT's  internal  audit  department,  working  closely  with  the
company's  finance  director.  Internal  audit  draws  on  the
services  of  the  group's  central  finance  team  to  assist  in
completing  the  audit  assignments.  Internal  audit  aims  to
provide  an  independent  assessment  as  to  whether  effective
systems  and  controls  are  in  place  and  being  operated  to
manage significant operating and financial risks. It also aims to
cost  effective
support  management  by  providing 
recommendations  to  mitigate  risk  and  control  weaknesses
identified during the audit process, as well as provide insight
into  where  cost  efficiencies  and  monetary  gains  might  be
made by improving the operations of the business. Businesses
and  central  departments  are  selected  for  an  internal  audit 
visit  on  a  risk-focused  basis,  taking  account  of  the  risks
identified  as  part  of  the  risk  management  process;  the  risk 
and  materiality  of  each  the  group's  businesses;  the  scope 
and  findings  of  external  audit  work;  and  the  departments 

and  businesses  reviewed  previously  and  the  findings  from
these  reviews.  This  approach  ensures  that  the  internal 
audit  focus  is  placed  on  the  higher  risk  areas  of  the  group,
while  ensuring  an  appropriate  breadth  of  coverage.  DMGT's
internal audit reports its findings to management and to the
audit committee.

Accountability and audit
Audit committee
During  the  year  the  audit  committee  comprised  four  non-
executive  directors:  JC  Botts  (chairman),  Sir  Patrick  Sergeant,
JP Williams and JC Gonzalez (independent). With effect from
July 16 2008 Sir Patrick Sergeant retired as a member of the
committee.  On  September  30  2008  JP  Williams,  the  finance
director  of  DMGT,  retired  as  a  non-executive  director,  he,
however,  remains  a  member  of  the  audit  committee.  The
committee meets at least three times each financial year. The
committee is responsible for reviewing the interim report, the
annual  report  and  accounts  and  other  related  formal
statements  before  their  submission  to  the  board,  and
reviewing  and  overseeing  controls  necessary  to  ensure  the
integrity  of  the  financial  information  reported  to  the
shareholders.  The  audit  committee  advises  the  board  on  the
appointment of external auditors and on their remuneration,
both  for  audit  and  non-audit  work.  It  has  set  and  applied  a
formal  policy,  which 
the  effectiveness,
independence and objectivity of the external audit, the type of
non-audit  work  permissible  and  a  diminimus  level  of  fees
acceptable. Any non-audit work performed outside this remit
is  assessed  and  where  appropriate  approved  by  the
committee.  The  committee  discusses  the  nature,  scope  and
findings of the audit with the external auditors and considers
and determines relevant action in respect of any control issues
raised  by  the  external  auditors.  The  audit  committee  is  also
responsible for monitoring and assessing the effectiveness of
internal  audit,  and  reviews  the  internal  audit  programme 
and  receives  periodic  reports  on  its  findings.  It  reviews  the
whistle  blowing  arrangements  available  to  staff.  The 
audit  committee's  terms  of  reference  are  available  on  the
company's website.

focuses  on 

Going concern basis
After  making  enquiries,  the  directors  have  formed  a
judgement, at the time of approving the financial statements,
that  there  is  a  reasonable  expectation  that  the  group  has
adequate  resources  to  continue  in  operational  existence  for
the  foreseeable  future.  The  group's  £300  million  three  year
multi-currency  facility  was  due  to  expire  in  August  2009.
However,  the  directors  have,  subsequent  to  the  year  end,
approved  a  new  replacement  facility  of  up  to  £250  million.
The terms of the new facility are broadly similar to the existing
facility.  For  this  reason  the  directors  continue  to  adopt  the
going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. 

Statement of directors' responsibilities
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report,
Directors'  Remuneration  Report  and  the  financial  statements
in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

27

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 28

Corporate  Gover nance continued

Company  law  requires  the  directors  to  prepare  financial
statements for each financial year. The directors are required
by  the  IAS  Regulation  to  prepare  the  group  financial
statements under International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union. The group financial
statements are also required by law to be properly prepared in
accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 of the
IAS Regulation. 

The  directors  are  responsible  for  keeping  proper  accounting
records  that  disclose  with  reasonable  accuracy  at  any  time 
the financial position of the group and enable them to ensure
that  the  parent  company  financial  statements  comply  with 
the  Companies  Act  1985.  They  are  also  responsible  for
safeguarding the assets of the company and hence for taking
reasonable  steps  for  the  prevention  and  detection  of  fraud
and other irregularities.

International  Accounting  Standard  1  requires  that  IFRS
financial  statements  present  fairly  for  each  financial  year  the
group's  financial  position,  financial  performance  and  cash
flows. This requires the faithful representation of the effects of
transactions, other events and conditions in accordance with
the  definitions  and  recognition  criteria  for  assets,  liabilities,
income and expenses set out in the International Accounting
Standards  Board's  'Framework  for  the  preparation  and
presentation  of  financial  statements'. 
In  virtually  all
circumstances,  a  fair  presentation  will  be  achieved  by
compliance  with  all  applicable  IFRSs.  However,  directors  are
also required to:

● properly select and apply accounting policies;

● present  information,  including  accounting  policies,  in  a
manner  that  provides  relevant,  reliable,  comparable  and
understandable information; and 

● provide additional disclosures when compliance with the
specific  requirements  in  IFRSs  are  insufficient  to  enable
users to understand the impact of particular transactions,
other  events  and  conditions  on  the  entity's  financial
position and financial performance.

The  directors  have  elected  to  prepare  the  parent  company
financial  statements  in  accordance  with  United  Kingdom
Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Practice  (United  Kingdom
Accounting  Standards  and  applicable  law).  The  parent
company  financial  statements  are  required  by  law  to  give  a
true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  affairs  of  the  company. 
In  preparing  these  financial  statements,  the  directors  are
required to:

● select  suitable  accounting  policies  and  then  apply  them

consistently;

● make  judgments  and  estimates  that  are  reasonable  and

prudent;

● state  whether  applicable  UK  Accounting  Standards  have
been  followed,  subject  to  any  material  departures
disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and

● prepare  the  financial  statements  on  the  going  concern
basis  unless  it  is  inappropriate  to  presume  that  the
company will continue in business.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity
of  the  corporate  and  financial  information  included  on  the
company's  website.  Legislation  in  the  United  Kingdom
governing  the  preparation  and  dissemination  of  financial
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

We confirm to the best of our knowledge:

● the  financial  statements,  prepared  in  accordance  with
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by
the EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities,
financial  position  and  profit  or  loss  of  the  company  and
the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a
whole; and 

● the  management  report,  which  is  incorporated  into  the
directors' report includes a fair review of the development
and  performance  of  the  business  and  the  position  of 
the  company  and  the  undertakings  included  in  the
consolidation  taken  as  a  whole,  together  with  a
description  of  the  principal  risks  and  uncertainties 
they face. 

Statement by the directors on compliance with the
Combined Code
The  UK  Listing  Rules  require  the  board  to  report  on
compliance  throughout  the  accounting  year  with  the
applicable  principles  and  provisions  of  the  2006  Combined
Code  on  Corporate  Governance  issued  by  the  Financial
Reporting Council. Save for the exceptions outlined below, the
group  has  complied  throughout  the  financial  year  ended
September 30 2008 with the provisions set out in Section 1 of
the Combined Code.

Provision  A.3.2  states  that  half  the  board,  excluding  the
chairman,  should  be  comprised  of  non-executive  directors
determined  by  the  board  to  be  independent.  During  the 
year  the  board  comprised  19  directors  of  whom  six  are 
non-executive directors, one of whom is considered to be an
independent  non-executive  director  under  the  Combined
Code.  On  September  30  2008,  JP  Williams  retired  as  a 
non-executive  director,  hence,  at  the  year  end,  the  board
comprises  18  directors  of  whom  one  is  considered  an
independent  non-executive  director.  One  executive  director,
RT Lamont, has indicated his intention to retire from the board
as a director on January 13 2009.

28

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 29

Contrary  to  provision  A.3.3,  the  board  has  not  identified  a
senior independent non-executive director as the directors are
of  the  opinion  that  all  matters  relating  to  the  effective
governance of the group must be dealt with by the board as
a whole.

Provision A.4.1 requires that the majority of the nominations
committee  should  be  comprised  of  independent  non-
executive directors. Although the committee consists of four
non-executive and two executive directors, none of these non-
executive directors can be considered independent under the
Combined Code.

Provision  A.4.4  states  that  the  terms  and  conditions  of
appointment  of  non-executive  directors  should  be  available
for  inspection.  As  explained  in  the  Directors'  Remuneration
Report,  the  non-executive  directors  do  not  have  service
contracts. 

Provisions B.2.1 and C.3.1 require the remuneration and audit
committees to comprise entirely of independent non-executive
directors. The remuneration committee is comprised of three
non-executive  directors,  none  of  whom  can  be  considered
independent under the Combined Code. During the year, the
audit  committee  comprised  of  four  non-executive  directors,
one  retired  in  July  2008  and  one  retired  as  a  non-executive
director  on  September  30  2008  although  still  remains  as  a
member of the audit committee. Only one of the members of
the audit committee can be be considered independent under
the  Combined  Code  and,  with  effect  from  October  1  2008,
one  member  of  the  committee  is  no  longer  a  non-executive
director of the company.

On behalf of the board

Padraic Fallon
Chairman
November 12 2008

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

29

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 30

Directors'  Remuneration  Report

Introduction
This remuneration report sets out the group's policy and structure for the remuneration of executive and non-executive directors
together with details of directors' remuneration packages and service contracts. The report has been prepared in accordance with
the Directors' Remuneration Report Regulations 2002 and shareholders will be invited to approve this report at the Annual General
Meeting on January 28 2009.

The remuneration committee
The  remuneration  committee  is  chaired  by  JC  Botts.  Its  other  members  during  the  year  were  The  Viscount  Rothermere  and
CJF  Sinclair.  With  effect  from  September  30  2008,  CJF  Sinclair  stood  down  as  a  committee  member  and  was  replaced  by
MWH Morgan. All members of the committee are non-executive directors of the company. The Viscount Rothermere, CJF Sinclair
and, from October 1 2008, MWH Morgan are also directors of Daily Mail and General Trust plc (DMGT) but have no personal
financial  interests  in  the  company  (other  than  as  shareholders),  and  no  day-to-day  involvement  in  running  the  business.  The
executive chairman normally attends meetings of the remuneration committee, but is not present at any discussion concerning his
own remuneration. For the year under review, the committee also sought advice and information from the company's managing
director and finance director. The committee's terms of reference permit its members to obtain professional external advice on any
matter, at the company's expense, although none did so in 2008. The group itself can take external advice and information from
many sources in preparing proposals for the remuneration committee, but no material assistance from a single source was received
in relation to remuneration decisions for 2008.

Remuneration policy
The  group  believes  in  aligning  the  interests  of  management  with  those  of  shareholders.  The  two  consistent  objectives  in  its
remuneration policy since the company’s inception in 1969 have been the maximisation of earnings per share and the creation of
shareholder value.

The first objective is achieved through a comprehensive profit sharing scheme that links the pay of executive directors and key
managers to the profits and growth in profits of the group or relevant parts of the group. This scheme is completely variable with
no guaranteed floor and no ceiling.

To support the implementation of the policy of profit sharing, the group is divided into a number of profit centres. The manager
of each profit centre is paid a profit share related to the profit centre’s profits and profit growth. Each profit centre is part of a
larger business group. Each business group manager has an incentive based on the business group’s profits and profit growth.
Profit sharing encourages directors and managers to grow their businesses, to launch new ventures and to search for acquisitions
that would fit well with their businesses.

All executives on profit shares are aware that if profits rise, so does their pay. Similarly if profits fall, so do their profit shares. The
profit shares of executive directors and senior managers make up much of their total pay. For example, of the total remuneration
of the 13 executive directors who served in the year, 86% was derived from profit shares.

The  creation  of  shareholder  value  is  also  encouraged  through  an  executive  share  option  scheme  and,  from  October  2003,  the
Capital Appreciation Plan (CAP). The current executive share option scheme was approved by shareholders in January 1996. The
performance criteria under which options granted under this scheme may be exercised are set out on page 32. This scheme expired
and closed in 2006, but no share options have been issued under it since February 2004 although options previously granted may
be  exercised  before  various  dates  to  February  2014.  The  CAP  was  approved  by  shareholders  in  February  2005,  and  is  a  highly
geared performance-based share option scheme which not only directly rewards growth in profits of each executive's businesses
but also links more robustly equity reward with the delivery of economic shareholder value. The CAP profit target was achieved in
2007,  a  year  ahead  of  expectations  and  exceeded  again  this  year  resulting  in  the  second  tranche  of  options  vesting.  A  more
detailed explanation of the CAP is given on page 32.

The directors believe that these profit sharing and share option arrangements are responsible for much of the company’s success
since  1969.  These  arrangements  serve  shareholders  by  aligning  the  interests  of  the  directors  and  managers  with  those  of
shareholders and are considered an important driver of the company's growth strategy.

The remuneration of the non-executive directors is determined by the board.

Remuneration structure

Executive directors
It is the group's policy to construct executive remuneration packages such that a significant part of a director's compensation is
based on the growth in the group's profits contributed by that director. The details of the remuneration packages of individual
directors are set out below.

Basic salary and benefits
The  basic  salary  and  benefits  are  generally  not  the  most  significant  part  of  a  director's  overall  compensation  package.  Each
executive  director  receives  a  salary  which  is  reviewed  annually  by  the  committee.  Certain  non-cash  benefits  are  also  provided
including private health care, and life assurance through the membership of one of the pension schemes.

30

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 31

Remuneration structure continued

Pension schemes
Each UK-based director is entitled to participate in the Harmsworth Pension Scheme (a defined benefit scheme, closed to new
directors), the Euromoney Pension Plan (a money purchase plan) or their own private pension scheme. Directors based overseas
are  entitled  to  participate  in  the  pension  scheme  arrangements  applicable  to  the  country  where  they  work.  During  the  year, 
NF  Osborn,  CR  Brown,  RT  Lamont,  D  Alfano,  G  Mueller  and  MJ  Carroll  participated  in  the  group's  US  401(k)  plan.  Details  of
pension scheme contributions can be found on page 36 of this report. There are no other post-retirement benefits.

Profit share scheme
The  group  believes  in  aligning  the  economic  interests  of  management  with  those  of  shareholders  and  achieves  this  through  a
comprehensive  profit  sharing  scheme  that  links  the  pay  of  each  executive  director  to  the  profits  and  growth  in  profits  of  the
businesses that the executive director manages. 

The executive directors who manage business divisions are set profit thresholds for the businesses for which they are responsible.
The profit thresholds are set at the time the director takes on responsibility for the businesses concerned, usually based on the
profits of the previous 12 months, and are adjusted if such responsibilities change. The normal profit share arrangement pays 1%
of profits from zero up to a threshold and then 5% of profits achieved in excess of this threshold. Some of the directors have
schemes which have been in place for a number of years and pay profit shares at slightly higher rates or which are subject to
additional thresholds.

The profit shares of the chairman and managing director are based on the adjusted pre-tax post-minority profits of the group,
thereby  matching  their  profit  share  with  the  pre-tax  return  the  group  generates  for  its  shareholders.  The  chairman  is  entitled 
to  5.54%  (2007:  5.62%)  of  adjusted  pre-tax  profit.  The  managing  director  is  entitled  to  3.28%  (2007:  3.32%)  of  adjusted
pre-tax profit up to a threshold of £31,972,645 and an additional 1.23% (2007: 1.25%) of adjusted pre-tax profit in excess of this
threshold. 

The finance director receives a profit share linked to the pre-tax adjusted earnings per share of the group (EPS). A fixed sum is
payable for every percentage point the EPS is above 11.00p and an additional fixed sum is payable for every percentage point that
EPS is above 20.00p.

CHC Fordham, in addition to his profit share, has a second incentive linked to the performance of acquisitions.

JL Wilkinson, who is responsible for all the group's marketing activities, receives an incentive based on the growth in the group's
subscription and delegate revenues.

All of the profit share schemes are completely variable with no guaranteed floor and no ceiling and are designed to be the most
significant part of the executive director's remuneration package. Each director's profit share scheme is subject to remuneration
committee approval, and can be revised at any time if the director's responsibilities are changed.

The table below shows the 2008 percentage split of the fixed and variable elements of each director's remuneration package.

Executive directors

PM Fallon
PR Ensor
NF Osborn
DC Cohen
CR Brown
CR Jones
RT Lamont
SM Brady
D Alfano
G Mueller
MJ Carroll
CHC Fordham
JL Wilkinson

Total

Fixed
Salary &
benefits

Variable 
Profit 
share

5%
6%
23%
16%
38%
31%
73%
44%
19%
20%
64%
19%
33%

14%

95%
94%
77%
84%
62%
69%
27%
56%
81%
80%
36%
81%
67%

86%

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

31

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 32

Directors'  Remuneration  Report continued

Remuneration structure continued

SAYE scheme
The  group  operates  an  all  employee  save  as  you  earn  scheme  in  which  those  directors  employed  in  the  UK  are  eligible  to
participate. Participants save a fixed monthly amount of up to £250 for three years and are then able to buy shares in the company
at a price set at a 20% discount to the market value at the start of the savings period. In line with market practice, no performance
conditions attach to options granted under this plan. The executive directors who are participating in this scheme are PM Fallon,
PR Ensor, NF Osborn, CR Jones, SM Brady and CHC Fordham, details of which can be found on pages 37 and 38 of this report.

Share schemes
The directors consider that share schemes are an important part of overall compensation and align the interests of directors and
employees with those of shareholders.

Capital Appreciation Plan (CAP)
The CAP was approved by shareholders on February 1 2005 and replaced the 1996 executive share option scheme. Each CAP
award  comprises  an  option  to  subscribe  for  ordinary  shares  of  0.25p  each  in  the  company  for  an  exercise  price  of  0.25p  per
ordinary share. In accordance with the terms of CAP, no consideration was paid for the grant of the awards. The awards vest in
three equal tranches. The first tranche of awards became exercisable on satisfaction of a primary performance condition and lapse
to the extent unexercised on September 30 2014. The two future tranches of awards become exercisable one year and two years,
respectively, following the financial year in which the primary performance target was achieved. The second and third tranches
only  vest  on  satisfaction  of  the  primary  and  a  secondary  performance  condition.  The  scheme  was  potentially  available  to  all
employees. 

The primary performance condition, broadly, required that the company achieve pre-tax profits (before goodwill amortisation or
impairment, exceptional items and before the cost of the CAP) of £57 million by no later than the financial year ending September
30 2008 and remain at least this level for the future vesting periods of the following two tranches. The secondary performance
condition  requires  that  the  profits  of  the  respective  participants'  businesses  in  the  subsequent  two  vesting  periods  remain
at least 75% of that achieved in the year the primary performance condition was met.

The CAP profit target was achieved in 2007 and the option pool (of a maximum of 7.5 million shares) was allocated between the
holders of outstanding awards by reference to their contribution to the achievement of the primary performance condition, subject
to conditions that no individual had an option over more than 10% of the option pool. One third of the awards vested immediately.
The primary performance target was achieved again in 2008 and the second tranche of options will vest in February 2009 subject
to the businesses also achieving the secondary performance criteria. The final tranche will vest in 2010, but only if the primary and
secondary performance conditions are again met, otherwise vesting is deferred until both the profit target of £57 million achieved
in 2007 is achieved again, and the profits of the individual participants businesses are at least 75% of that achieved in 2007 but
no  later  than  by  reference  to  the  year  ending  September  30  2012.  Thus  the  CAP  is  designed  so  that  profit  growth  must  be
sustained if awards are to vest in full. 

The actual value of the first tranche of the CAP award to each director is set out in the directors share option table on pages 37
and 38. The number of options received by the directors for the second tranche is provisional and will depend on the extent that
the secondary performance test has been met for their respective businesses. The Remuneration Committee require the results of
the  businesses  to  be  reviewed  and  subsequently  modified  for  true-up  adjustments  during  the  period  to  December  31.  The
provisional number of options anticipated to be received by the directors for the second tranche is given in the directors share
option table on pages 37 and 38.

The fair value per option granted and the assumptions used to calculate its value are set out in note 23. 

1996 executive share option scheme
All executive directors have options from a previous executive share option scheme approved by shareholders in 1996 in which
potentially all employees could receive options. This scheme expired in 2006 and no share options have been issued under this
scheme  since  February  2004  although  options  granted  may  be  exercised  before  various  dates  to  February  2014.  Options  were
issued to a selection of individual employees, including directors, on a merit basis. These options are exercisable at least three years
after their grant and are subject to certain performance conditions. For options expiring on January 29 2009, February 11 2009,
June 25 2009 and January 5 2010 the performance test set by the remuneration committee requires the growth in the company's
earnings per share for the three consecutive financial years commencing from the year of grant to exceed the growth in the retail
prices  index  by  an  average  of  4%  a  year.  For  the  options  expiring  on  June  25  2009  only,  there  is  an  additional  performance
condition which requires that Internet Securities, Inc. must have achieved an operating profit for three consecutive months and a
cumulative operating profit over a period of six months. For all other options expiring after 2005, the performance test set by the
remuneration committee requires that the Total Shareholder Return (TSR) of the company exceeds that of the average TSR for the
FTSE 250 index for the same period. For the performance condition to be satisfied, the TSR of the company must exceed that of
the FTSE 250 on a cumulative basis, measured from the date of grant of the option, in any four out of six consecutive months
starting 30 months after the option grant date. 

32

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 33

Remuneration structure continued

The fair value per option granted and the assumptions used to calculate its value are set out in note 23.

Internet Securities, Inc. option scheme
G Mueller, NF Osborn and JC Botts are also participants in the Internet Securities, Inc. option scheme. There are no performance
conditions  attached  to  these  options.  Their  options,  all  of  which  are  fully  vested  and  exercisable,  are  set  out  on  page  39.  The
market price at the date of exercise is determined by an independent financial valuation of Internet Securities, Inc.

Details of directors' share options can be found on pages 37 to 39.

Put options
G Mueller has a put option whereby he is able to sell his 5% holding of shares in Internet Securities, Inc. (ISI), a subsidiary of the
group, to Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC at a fair market value as determined by an independent external valuation of the
company.  G  Mueller  retains  the  rights  granted  under  this  put  option  should  his  employment  contract  terminate.  In  addition  G
Mueller  has  an  IPO  registration  right  over  ISI  that  he  may  exercise  every  six  months  subject  to  the  agreement  of  the  other
shareholders.  If  an  agreement  cannot  be  reached  the  company  has  the  right  to  purchase  his  shares  at  a  fair  market  value  as
determined by the average valuation from three investment banks. If G Mueller has not exercised his option by 2011 the company
has the right to purchase his shares at a pre-determined premium to an independent external valuation of the company.

Non-executive directors
The  remuneration  of  the  non-executive  directors  is  determined  by  the  chairman  and  executive  board  with  the  aid  of  external
professional  advice  if  necessary.  Non-executive  directors  receive  a  fee  and  are  re-imbursed  for  expenses  incurred  in  attending
meetings. They do not receive any performance related bonuses, pension provisions, share options or other forms of benefits apart
from JC Botts who is a participant in the Internet Securities, Inc. option scheme.

Total shareholder return (TSR)
Shown below is the group's TSR for the five years to September 30 2008 compared to the TSR achieved by the FTSE 250 index
over  the  same  period.  This  index  has  been  presented  as  it  comprises  the  comparator  group  for  the  performance  conditions
attached to the share option scheme referred to above. The TSR calculations assume the re-investment of dividends.

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC
Total Shareholder Return

%
n
r
u
t
e
R

r
e
d
l
o
h
e
r
a
h
S
l
a
t
o
T

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

3

0
-
S

3

1
-

3

1
-

D

M

EM PLC

FTSE 250

2

9
-

3

0
-

D

M

3

3

0
-
J

u

0
-
S

3

1
-

3

1
-

D

M

3

3

0
-
J

u

0
-
S

3

0
-

N

2

8
-
F

e

3

1
-

M

3

0
-
S

3

0
-

3

1
-

D

M

3

2

0
-
J

u

9
-
S

2

2

9
-
J

u

8
-
S

e

p
-
0

3

e

c
-
0

3

a
r-

0

4

n
-
0

4

e

p
-
0

4

e

c
-
0

4

a
r-

0

5

n
-
0

5

e

p
-
0

5

o

v
-
0

5

b
-
0

6

a

y
-
0

6

e

p
-
0

6

e

c
-
0

6

a
r-

0

7

n
-
0

7

e

p

t-

0

7

e

c
-
0

7

a
r-

0

8

n
-
0

8

e

p
-
0

8

Service contracts
The  group's  policy  is  normally  to  employ  executive  directors  on  twelve  month-rolling  service  contracts.  The  remuneration
committee seeks to minimise termination payments and believes these should be restricted to the value of remuneration for the
notice period. With the exception of Sir Patrick Sergeant, none of the non-executive directors has a service contract. All executive
service contracts are reviewed from time to time and updated where necessary. A service contract terminates automatically on the
director reaching his/her respective retirement age.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

33

 
 
 
80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 34

Directors'  Remuneration  Report continued

Service contracts continued

Executive
directors

Date of
service
contract

Notice
period
(months)

Retire-
ment
age

Benefits accruing
if contract terminated*

Benefits accruing
if contract terminated due to
incapacity/death **

Note

PM Fallon

Jun 2 1986

12

PR Ensor

Jan 13 1993

12

NF Osborn

Jan 4 1991

12

63

62

62

DC Cohen

Nov 2 1992

12

62

CR Brown

Dec 31 1991 12

62

CR Jones

Aug 27 1997 12

62

RT Lamont

Jan 6 2000

6

62

SM Brady

Feb 17 2000 12

62

D Alfano

Jan 10 2001

6

62

G Mueller

Jan 25 1999

12

62

MJ Carroll

Mar 18 1999 6

62

12 months’ salary, profit share, 
pension and car allowance.

9 months’ salary, profit share, pension and 
car allowance. 

12 months’ salary, profit share, 
pension and car allowance.

6 months’ salary, profit share, pension and
car allowance.

12 months’ salary, pension and 
a pro-rated profit share up to 
the date notice of termination 
is given.

12 months’ salary, pension, car 
allowance and a pro-rated profit 
share up to the date notice of 
termination is given.

12 months’ salary, pension 
and a pro-rated profit share 
up to the date notice of 
termination is given.

12 months’ salary, pension and 
a pro-rated profit share up to 
the date notice of termination 
is given.

9 months’ salary, pension and 
a pro-rated profit share up to 
the date notice of termination 
is given.

1 month’s salary, pension and a pro-rated 
profit share up to the date of termination.

1 month’s salary, pension, car allowance 
and a pro-rated profit share up to the date 
of termination.

1 month’s salary, pension and a pro-rated 
profit share up to the date of termination.

6 months’ salary, pension and a pro-rated 
profit share up to the date of termination.

3 months’ salary, pension and profit share
if already paid.

12 months’ salary, pension and
a pro-rated profit share up to the
date notice of termination is given.

6 months’ salary, pension and pro-rated 
profit share up to the date of termination.

6 months’ salary, pension and 
a pro-rated profit share up to 
the date notice of termination 
is given.

The contract is terminated immediately.
The director is entitled to her salary, pension 
and profit share earned up to the date of 
termination.

12 months’ salary, pension and
a pro-rated bonus up to the date
notice of termination is given. 
In addition, if the company 
terminates the contract without 
cause, Mr Mueller is entitled 
to exercise immediately any 
outstanding and unvested options 
due to invest in two years.

6 months’ salary, pension and 
a pro-rated profit share up to 
the date notice of termination 
is given.

The contract is terminated immediately. 
The director is entitled to his salary and 
pension earned up to the date of termination
and any incentive earned provided it has 
already been paid.

6 months’ salary, pension and pro-rated profit 
share up to the date of termination.

CHC Fordham Sep 21 2004 12

62

JL Wilkinson

July 26 2000 6

62

12 months’ salary, pension and 
a pro-rated profit share up to the 
date notice of termination is given.

6 months’ salary, pension and pro-rated profit 
share up to the date of termination.

6 months’ salary, pension and 
a pro-rated profit share up to 
the date notice of termination 
is given.

6 months’ salary, pension and a pro-rated 
profit share up to the date notice of termination 
is given.

Non-executive director
Sir Patrick
Sergeant

Jan 10 1993

12

n/a

12 months’ expense allowance.

The contract is terminated immediately. The 
director is entitled to his expense allowance 
up to the date of termination.

(1),
(3)

(3)

(2),
(3)

(3)

(3)

(3)

(3),
(4), 
(6)

(3)

(3), 
(6)

(3),
(5)

(3),
(6)

(3)

(3)

34

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 35

Service contracts continued

(1) PM Fallon has a second service contract with a subsidiary of the group, Euromoney Institutional Investor (Jersey) Limited (EIIJ), dated May 4 1993.
This service contract has the same terms as his contract with Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC. Any termination payment would include profit
share based on EIIJ's results. In addition, if Mr Fallon be adjudicated bankrupt, he is entitled to 7 days salary and profit share from EIIJ.

(2) NF Osborn has a second service contract with a subsidiary of the group, Euromoney Inc, dated January 4 1991 normally terminated by 12 months
notice. In the event of termination Mr Osborn is entitled to 12 months base salary and pension, plus a prorated profit share to the date notice
of  termination  is  given.  The  company  may  also  terminate  his  agreement  due  to  incapacity  giving  3  months  notice  and  Mr  Osborn  would  be
entitled to 3 months salary, pension and prorated profit share.**

(3) On termination, profit share is calculated as though the director has been employed for the full financial year and then pro-rated accordingly to

the date of termination unless otherwise stated.

(4) If employment is terminated due to a breach of contract and the company is judged to have breached RT Lamont's editorial independence, the

company shall pay $87,500 to the United Way of Greater New York.

(5) G Mueller's service agreement is with Internet Securities, Inc.

(6) RT Lamont, D Alfano and MJ Carroll's services agreement are with Institutional Investor, Inc. If MJ Carroll's contract is terminated due to just cause

he is entitled to his salary and pension up to the date of termination, but no profit share unless already paid.

* If the director terminated reaches retirement age before the expiration of their notice period then benefits will only be paid up to the date of

retirement.

** This also applies if the director gives less than their notice period to the company. If the contract is terminated for reasons of bankruptcy or serious

misconduct it is terminated immediately without any payment in lieu of notice.

Information subject to audit
Directors’ remuneration table

Year to September 30

Executive directors

PM Fallon
PR Ensor
NF Osborn
DC Cohen
CR Brown
CR Jones
RT Lamont
SM Brady
D Alfano
G Mueller
MJ Carroll
CHC Fordham
JL Wilkinson

Non-executive directors
The Viscount Rothermere
Sir Patrick Sergeant
CJF Sinclair3
JP Williams3
JC Botts
JC Gonzalez

Salary
and fees
2008
£ 

212,000
198,418
120,330
115,700
128,692
215,000
107,709
137,800
104,305
118,226
125,491
141,300
105,000

28,000
28,000
28,000
28,000
37,750
28,000

Benefits
in kind
2008
£

870
870
3,213
1,087
3,247
1,087
5,241
721
6,200
10,408
7,335
1,087
435

–
–
–
–
–
–

Profit 
share
2008
£

4,040,470
3,267,792
421,7451
608,184
212,076
470,916
41,369
178,430
482,630
516,955
75,177
598,598
213,259

–
–
–
–
–
–

Total
2008

££ 

Total 
2007

4,253,340
3,467,080
545,288
724,971
344,015
687,003
154,319
316,951
593,135
645,589
208,003
740,985
318,694

28,000
28,000
28,000
28,000
37,750
28,000

3,963,602
3,194,645
581,341
705,952
494,908
635,104
186,427
304,196
527,755
742,101
236,346
694,380
136,7772

28,000
28,000
28,000
28,000
37,750
28,000

2,007,721

41,801

11,127,601

13,177,123

12,581,284

Fees as a director include fees paid as a director of subsidiary companies. Benefits in kind include the payment by the company for
health care.

1 NF Osborn has waived £8,674 of profit share in respect of the current and future years. The profit share waived was paid into a private pension scheme on the director’s behalf.

This waiver has not been deducted from the profit shares above.

2 appointed as a director on April 3 2007.

3 resigned as a non-executive director on September 30 2008.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

35

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 36

Directors'  Remuneration  Report continued

Directors’ pensions
Executive directors can participate in the Harmsworth Pension Scheme (a defined benefit scheme, closed to new directors), the
Euromoney Pension Plan (a money purchase plan) or their own private pension scheme.

Group pension contributions

PM Fallon
PR Ensor
NF Osborn
DC Cohen
CR Brown
CR Jones
RT Lamont
SM Brady
D Alfano
G Mueller
MJ Carroll
CHC Fordham
JL Wilkinson

Harmsworth
Pension
Scheme
2008
£

Euromoney 
Pension
Plan
2008
£

–
–
–
18,004
–
35,237
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

53,241

–
–
7,424
–
–
–
–
12,013
–
–
–
12,354
–

31,791

Private 
schemes
2008
£

–
–
820
–
2,858
–
2,872
–
2,999
2,364
3,328
–
–

Total
2008

££ 

––
––
8,244
18,004
2,858
35,237
2,872
12,013
2,999
2,364
3,328
12,354

––

Total 
2007

8,292
19,954
2,880
32,985
2,701
12,136
2,622
2,375
2,878
12,478

15,241

100,273

99,301

In addition to the company pension contributions, NF Osborn has elected to waive part of his profit share. The profit share waived
is paid by the company into a private pension scheme as set out on page 35.

Under the Harmsworth Pension Scheme*, the following pension benefits were earned by the directors:

Increase
in accrued
annual pension
during the year
£

Accrued annual
pension at
September 30
2008
£

Transfer value
September 30
2008

££

Increase in 
Transfer value
transfer value 
September 30 (net of directors’ 
contributions) 
£ 

2007

500
2,500
2,500
5,600

8,000
64,200
25,000
30,700

170,000
1,460,000
380,000
410,000

140,000
1,180,000
250,000
240,000

30,000
280,000
122,000
155,000

Director
PM Fallon*
PR Ensor
DC Cohen
CR Jones

The accrued annual pension entitlement is that which would be paid annually on retirement based on service to September 30
2008  and  ignores  any  increase  for  future  inflation.  All  transfer  values  have  been  calculated  on  the  basis  of  actuarial  advice  in
accordance with ‘Retirement Benefit – Transfer Values (GN11)’ published by the Board for Actuarial Standards. The transfer values
of  the  accrued  entitlement  represent  the  value  of  assets  that  the  pension  scheme  would  need  to  transfer  to  another  pension
provider on transferring the scheme’s liability in respect of the directors’ pension benefits. They do not represent a sum paid or
payable to individual directors and therefore cannot be added meaningfully to annual remuneration. During the year there was a
change to the assumptions used to calculate transfer values, which made allowance for the expectation that members will live
longer  in  retirement  than  had  previously  been  assumed  as  well  as  reflecting  a  fall  in  long-term  interest  rates.  These  changes
contributed to the ‘Increase in transfer value (net of directors’ contributions)’. Members of the scheme have the option of paying
Additional Voluntary Contributions. Neither the contributions nor the resulting benefits are included in the above table. The normal
retirement age for the Harmsworth Pension Scheme is 62 years.

* PM Fallon's pension benefits relate to a deferred pension in the Mail Newspapers Pension Scheme for pensionable service between April 1 1978 and April 1 1986. No further

contributions have been made to this scheme by the group or PM Fallon.

36

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 37

Directors’ share options
The directors hold options to subscribe for new ordinary shares of 0.25p each in the company as follows:

PM Fallon

PR Ensor

NF Osborn

DC Cohen

CR Brown

CR Jones

RT Lamont

At start
of year

85,000
255,000
2,533
43,722
–

386,255

75,000
225,000
2,533
43,722
–

346,255

5,000

2,533
17,803
–

25,336

8,000

6,000
10,000

5,000

60,888
–
–

89,888

28,000
8,000

40,000

30,000

63,127
–

169,127

32,000
60,000
8,000

6,000
20,000

15,000

2,533
43,722
–

187,255

10,000
5,000

17,315
–

32,315

Granted/
true up
during
year

–
–
–
2,404
46,126

48,530

–
–
–
2,404
46,126

48,530

–

–
997
18,800

19,797

–

–
–

–

Exercised/
lapsed during
year

At end 
of year/date
of retirement

–
–
–
(46,126)
–

(46,126)

–
–
–
(46,126)
–

(46,126)

–

–
(18,800)
–

(18,800)

–

–
–

–

85,000
255,000

2,533*
–†

46,126

388,659

75,000
225,000

2,533*
–†

46,126

348,659

5,000

2,533*
–†
18,800‡

26,333

8,000

6,000
10,000

5,000

Exercise
price

£3.95
£4.31
£3.69
£0.0025
£0.0025

£3.95
£4.31
£3.69
£0.0025
£0.0025

£4.19

£3.69
£0.0025
£0.0025

£5.38

£3.35
£2.59

£4.19

–†
3,018***

64,385‡

£0.0025
£3.18
£0.0025

3,497
3,018
64,385

70,900

(64,385)
–
–

(64,385)

–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–

96,403

28,000
8,000

40,000

30,000

(1,780)
61,347

59,567

(61,347)
–

(61,347)

–†
61,347‡

167,347

–
–
–

–
–

–

–
2,404
46,126

48,530

–
–

(1,452)
15,863

14,411

–
–
–

–
–

–

–
(46,126)
–

(46,126)

–
–

(15,863)
–

(15,863)

32,000
60,000
8,000

6,000
20,000

15,000

2,533*
–†

46,126

189,659

10,000
5,000

–†
15,863‡

30,863

£4.19
£5.38

£2.59

£4.19

£0.0025
£0.0025

£4.19
£4.31
£5.38

£3.35
£2.59

£4.19

£3.69
£0.0025
£0.0025

£4.19
£5.38

£0.0025
£0.0025

Date 
from which
exercisable

now
now
Feb 01 09
exercised
Feb 14 09

now
now
Feb 01 09
exercised
Feb 14 09

TSR criteria
not satisfied
Feb 01 09
exercised
Feb 14 09

TSR criteria
not satisfied
now
TSR criteria
not satisfied
TSR criteria
not satisfied
exercised
Feb 01 08
Feb 14 09

now
TSR criteria
not satisfied
TSR criteria
not satisfied
TSR criteria
not satisfied
exercised
Feb 14 09

now
now
TSR criteria
not satisfied
now
TSR criteria
not satisfied
TSR criteria
not satisfied
Feb 01 09
exercised
Feb 14 09

now
TSR criteria
not satisfied
exercised
Feb 14 09

Expiry 
date 

Feb 11 09
Jun 25 09
Aug 01 09
Sept 30 14
Sept 30 14

Feb 11 09
Jun 25 09
Aug 01 09
Sept 30 14
Sept 30 14

Jan 28 14

Aug 01 09
Sept 30 14
Sept 30 14

Mar 02 11

Jan 23 12
Dec 04 12

Jan 28 14

Sept 30 14
Aug 01 11
Sept 30 14

Jan 29 09
Mar 02 11

Dec 04 12

Jan 28 14

Sept 30 14
Sept 30 14

Jan 29 09
Jun 25 09
Mar 02 11

Jan 23 12

Dec 04 12

Jan 28 14
Aug 01 09
Sept 30 14
Sept 30 14

Jan 29 09
Mar 02 11

Sept 30 14
Sept 30 14

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

37

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 38

Directors'  Remuneration  Report continued

Directors’ share options continued

SM Brady

D Alfano

G Mueller

MJ Carroll

CHC Fordham

JL Wilkinson

Granted/
true up
during
year

Exercised/
lapsed during
year

At end 
of year/date
of retirement

–
–

–
–

–

–
2,355
46,474

48,829

–
–
–

–

–

691
45,882

46,573

–

–
–

10,802
74,874

85,676

–
–
–

–

–

–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–

(45,882)
–

(45,882)

–

–
–

(74,874)
–

(74,874)

–
–
–

–

–

16,000
8,000

6,000
20,000

10,000

2,255**

46,474†
46,474‡

155,203

10,000
8,000
5,000

10,000

10,000

–†
45,882‡

88,882

10,000

6,000
20,000

–†
74,874‡

110,874

4,000
8,000
4,000

20,000

10,000

Exercise
price

£4.19
£5.38

£3.35
£2.59

£4.19

£4.19
£0.0025
£0.0025

£4.19
£5.62
£5.38

£2.59

£4.19

£0.0025
£0.0025

£5.38

£3.35
£2.59

£0.0025
£0.0025

£4.19
£5.62
£5.38

£2.59

£4.19

4,330
41,435

45,765

(41,435)
–

(41,435)

–

–
–

–

–
2,873
49,646

52,519

–
–

–

7,499
43,788

51,287

–

–
–

–

–
(49,646)
–

(49,646)

–
–

–

(43,788)
–

(43,788)

–†
41,435‡

£0.0025
£0.0025

87,435

10,000

6,000
20,000

10,000

2,533*
–†
49,646‡

98,179

8,000
8,000

8,000

–†
43,788‡

67,788

£5.38

£3.35
£2.59

£4.19

£3.69
£0.0025
£0.0025

£3.35
£2.59

£4.19

£0.0025
£0.0025

Date 
from which
exercisable

now
TSR criteria
not satisfied
now
TSR criteria
not satisfied
TSR criteria
not satisfied
Feb 01 10
now
Feb 14 09

now
now
TSR criteria
not satisfied
TSR criteria
not satisfied
TSR criteria
not satisfied
exercised
Feb 14 09

TSR criteria
not satisfied
now
TSR criteria
not satisfied
exercised
Feb 14 09

now
now
TSR criteria
not satisfied
TSR criteria
not satisfied
TSR criteria
not satisfied
exercised
Feb 14 09

TSR criteria
not satisfied
now
TSR criteria
not satisfied
TSR criteria
not satisfied
Feb 01 06
exercised
Feb 14 09

now
TSR criteria
not satisfied
TSR criteria
not satisfied
exercised
Feb 14 09

Expiry 
date 

Jan 29 09
Mar 02 11

Jan 23 12
Dec 04 12

Jan 28 14

Aug 01 10
Sept 30 14
Sept 30 14

Jan 29 09
Jan 05 10
Mar 02 11

Dec 04 12

Jan 28 14

Sept 30 14
Sept 30 14

Mar 02 11

Jan 23 12
Dec 04 12

Sept 30 14
Sept 30 14

Jan 29 09
Jan 05 10
Mar 02 11

Dec 04 12

Jan 28 14

Sept 30 14
Sept 30 14

Mar 02 11

Jan 23 12
Dec 04 12

Jan 28 14

Aug 01 09
Sept 30 14
Sept 30 14

Jan 23 12
Dec 04 12

Jan 28 14

Sept 30 14
Sept 30 14

At start
of year

16,000
8,000

6,000
20,000

10,000

2,255
44,119
–

106,374

10,000
8,000
5,000

10,000

10,000

45,191
–

88,191

10,000

6,000
20,000

64,072
–

100,072

4,000
8,000
4,000

20,000

10,000

37,105
–

83,105

10,000

6,000
20,000

10,000

2,533
46,773
–

95,306

8,000
8,000

8,000

36,289
–

60,289

Total

1,769,768

640,914

(554,398)

1,856,284

38

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 39

Directors’ share options continued

Of the options exercised during the year:

PM Fallon
PR Ensor
NF Osborn
DC Cohen
CR Brown
CR Jones
CR Jones
RT Lamont
D Alfano
G Mueller
MJ Carroll
CHC Fordham
JL Wilkinson

Number of
options
exercised

46,126
46,126
18,800
64,385
61,347
20,000
26,126
15,863
45,882
74,874
41,435
49,646
43,788

554,398

Market price 
per share on 
date of 
exercise (£)

Date of 
exercise

Gain on 
exercise (£)

Number
of shares 
retained

Feb 15 2008
March 5 2008
Feb 15 2008
Feb 15 2008
Feb 15 2008
Feb 15 2008
March 5 2008
Feb 15 2008
Feb 15 2008
Feb 15 2008
Feb 15 2008
July 25 2008
Feb 15 2008

3.95
3.26
3.95
3.95
3.95
3.95
3.26
3.95
3.95
3.95
3.95
3.19
3.95

182,082
150,255
74,213
254,160
242,167
78,950
85,105
62,619
181,119
295,565
163,565
158,123
172,853

46,126
46,126
18,800
37,883
38,094
20,000
26,126
15,863
45,882
74,874
10,000
49,646
25,764

2,100,777

455,184

*

issued under the Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC Save As You Earn scheme 2006.

**

issued under the Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC Save As You Earn scheme 2007.

*** issued under the Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC Save As You Earn scheme 2008.

†

‡

Options granted relate to those that were issued under the first tranche of the CAP which vested on February 14 2008, three months following the announcement of
the company's results. The number of options granted to each director was provisional and was trued-up following adjustment for the allocation of options belonging
to leavers and adjustments to profits of the respective directors' individual businesses as required by the remuneration committee. As such the actual number of options
granted was different from that reported last year.

Options  granted  relate  to  those  that  are  likely  to  be  issued  under  the  second  tranche  of  the  CAP  which  vest  on  February  14  2009,  three  months  following  the
announcement of the company's results. The number of options granted to each director is provisional and will primarily require a true-up to reflect adjustments of the
respective directors' individual businesses profits during the period to December 31 2008 as required by the remuneration committee. As such the actual number of
options granted could vary from that disclosed.

The market price of the company’s shares on September 30 2008 was £3.25. The high and low share prices during the year were
£5.23 and £3.17 respectively. There were 640,914 options granted during the year (2007: 566,103). The aggregate gain made by
directors on the exercise of share options in the year was £2,100,777 (2007: £26,287).

In addition, the following directors hold options to subscribe for common stock of US$0.001 each in Internet Securities, Inc., a
subsidiary of the company. All of these options are fully vested and exercisable.

JC Botts

G Mueller

NF Osborn

Total

At start
of year

6,000

5,063

5,000

At end
of year

6,000

5,063

5,000

16,063

16,063

Exercise
price

US$7.40

US$7.07

US$8.95

Date
from which
exercisable

now

now

now

Expiry
date

May 13 09

Feb 02 14

Sept 05 10

No options in Internet Securities, Inc. were granted or exercised during the year.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

39

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 40

Directors'  Remuneration  Report continued

Information not subject to audit

Directors’ interests in the company
The interests of the directors and their families in the ordinary shares of the company and its subsidiaries as at September 30 were
as follows:

B
eneficial
PM Fallon
PR Ensor
NF Osborn
DC Cohen
CR Brown
CR Jones
RT Lamont
SM Brady
D Alfano
G Mueller
MJ Carroll
CHC Fordham
JL Wilkinson
The Viscount Rothermere
Sir Patrick Sergeant
CJF Sinclair*
JP Williams*
JC Botts

Non-beneficial
Sir Patrick Sergeant

Ordinary shares of 0.25p each
2007

2008

532,998
102,277
33,875
74,547
79,205
67,887
41,366
–
47,629
110,377
10,000
50,519
25,764
20,864
265,304
7,494
3,075
15,503

486,872
56,151
42,590
36,664
41,111
21,761
25,503
–
1,747
20,503
–
873
–
20,864
285,304
7,494
3,075
5,503

1,488,684

1,056,015

20,000

20,000

–

–

At September 30 2008 G Mueller was beneficially interested in 380,000 shares of Internet Securities, Inc. a subsidiary of the group
(2007: 380,000 shares).

Directors’ interests in Daily Mail and General Trust plc 
The interests of the directors, to be disclosed under chapter 9.8.6 of the UKLA Listing Rules, in the shares of Daily Mail and General
Trust plc as at September 30 were as follows:

The Viscount Rothermere1&2
PM Fallon
Sir Patrick Sergeant
CJF Sinclair1&2
JP Williams1&2

* resigned September 30 2008.

Ordinary shares
of 12.5p each

‘A’ ordinary non-voting
shares of 12.5p each

2008

2007

2008

2007

11,903,132
–
–
–
–

11,878,132
–
–
–
–

76,213,053
41,500
80,000
477,207
243,072

76,195,913
41,500
80,000
438,150
229,552

1. The figures in the table above include 'A' shares committed by executives under a long-term incentive plan, details of which are set out in the Daily Mail and General Trust

plc's annual report. 

2. The figures in the table above include ‘A’ shares awarded to executives under the DMGT Executive Bonus Scheme. For the Viscount Rothermere, CJF Sinclair and JP Williams
respectively, 26,839, 43,312 and 21,414 of these shares were subject to restrictions as explained on in the Daily Mail and General Trust plc's annual report. The comparable
figures at October 1 2007 were 32,108, 33,263 and 18,389 respectively.

40

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 41

Directors’ interests in Daily Mail and General Trust plc continued

The Viscount Rothermere had non-beneficial interests as a trustee at September 30 2008 in 5,540,000 ‘A’ ordinary non-voting
shares of 12.5p each (2007: 5,540,000 shares) plus 639,208 ordinary shares (2007: 665,208 shares).

Daily Mail and General Trust plc has been notified that, under section 824 of the Companies Act 2006 and including the interests
shown in the table above, The Viscount Rothermere is deemed to have been interested in 12,542,340 ordinary shares of 12.5p
each (2007: 12,543,340 shares).

At September 30 2008 and September 30 2007, The Viscount Rothermere was beneficially interested in 756,700 ordinary shares
of Rothermere Continuation Limited, the company’s ultimate parent company.

The Viscount Rothermere, CJF Sinclair and JP Williams had options over 436,000, 898,000 and 365,000 ‘A’ ordinary non-voting
shares in Daily Mail and General Trust plc at September 30 2008 respectively (2007: 436,000, 698,000 and 365,000 respectively).
The exercise price of these options range from £5.05 to £10.30. Further details of these options are listed in the Daily Mail and
General Trust plc group accounts.

There have been no changes in the director's interests since September 30 2008.

John Botts
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
November 12 2008

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

41

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 42

Independent  Auditors'  Report

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

We have audited the group financial statements of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC for the year ended September 30 2008

which comprise the Group Income Statement, the Group Balance Sheet, the Group Cash Flow Statement, the Group Statement

of Recognised Income and Expense and the related notes 1 to 30. These group financial statements have been prepared under the

accounting policies set out therein. We have also audited the information in the Directors' Remuneration Report that is described

as having been audited.

We  have  reported  separately  on  the  parent  company  financial  statements  of  Euromoney  Institutional  Investor  PLC  for  the  year

ended September 30 2008. 

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with section 235 of the Companies Act 1985.  Our

audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them

in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility

to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions

we have formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors

The  directors'  responsibilities  for  preparing  the  Annual  Report,  the  Directors'  Remuneration  Report  and  the  group  financial

statements in accordance with applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European

Union are set out in the Statement of Directors' Responsibilities.

Our responsibility is to audit the group financial statements in accordance with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and

International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland).

We report to you our opinion as to whether the group financial statements give a true and fair view, whether the group financial

statements  have  been  properly  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  Companies  Act  1985  and  Article  4  of  the  IAS  Regulation  and

whether the part of the directors' remuneration report described as having been audited has been properly prepared in accordance

with the Companies Act 1985. We also report to you whether in our opinion the information given in the Directors' Report is

consistent  with  the  group  financial  statements.  In  addition  we  report  to  you  if,  in  our  opinion,  we  have  not  received  all  the

information and explanations we require for our audit, or if information specified by law regarding director's remuneration and

other transactions is not disclosed.

We review whether the Corporate Governance Statement reflects the company's compliance with the nine provisions of the 2006

Combined Code specified for our review by the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority, and we report if it does not. We

are not required to consider whether the board's statements on internal control cover all risks and controls, or form an opinion on

the effectiveness of the group's corporate governance procedures or its risk and control procedures.

We read the other information contained in the Annual Report as described in the contents section and consider whether it is

consistent with the audited group financial statements.  We consider the implications for our report if we become aware of any

apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the group financial statements. Our responsibilities do not extend to any

further information outside the Annual Report.

42

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 43

Basis of audit opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices

Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the group financial

statements  and  the  part  of  the  Directors'  Remuneration  Report  to  be  audited.  It  also  includes  an  assessment  of  the  significant

estimates  and  judgments  made  by  the  directors  in  the  preparation  of  the  group  financial  statements,  and  of  whether  the

accounting policies are appropriate to the group's circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed.

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and explanations which we considered necessary in order

to  provide  us  with  sufficient  evidence  to  give  reasonable  assurance  that  the  group  financial  statements  and  the  part  of  the

Directors' Remuneration Report to be audited are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity

or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall adequacy of the presentation of information in the group financial

statements and the part of the Directors' Remuneration Report to be audited.

Opinion

In our opinion:

●

●

●

●

the group financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, of the

state of the group's affairs as at September 30 2008 and of its profit for the year then ended;

the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 of the

IAS Regulation; 

the part of the directors' remuneration report described as having been audited has been properly prepared in accordance

with the Companies Act 1985; and

the information given in the Directors' Report is consistent with the group financial statements.

Deloitte & Touche LLP
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors
London
November 12 2008

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

43

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 44

Group  Income  Statement
for the year ended September 30 2008

Revenue

Continuing operations
Less: share of revenue of joint ventures

Total revenue

Operating profit before acquired intangible amortisation, 

share option expense and exceptional items

Acquired intangible amortisation
Share option expense
Accelerated share option expense
Exceptional items

Operating profit before associates and joint ventures

Share of results in associates and joint ventures

Operating profit

Finance income
Finance expense

Net finance costs

Profit before tax

Tax credit/(expense) on profit
Deferred tax asset recognition

Tax credit/(expense) on profit on ordinary activities

Profit after tax from continuing operations

Profit for the year from discontinued operations

Profit for the year

Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent
Equity minority interests

Basic earnings per share – continuing operations
Basic earnings per share – continuing and discontinued operations
Diluted earnings per share – continuing operations
Diluted earnings per share – continuing and discontinued operations
Adjusted diluted earnings per share
Dividend per share (including proposed dividends)

Notes

3

3

3
11

5

3, 4

7
7

7

3

8

3

15

10
10
10
10
10
9

2008
£000’s

2007
£000’s

332,064
–

332,064

81,308
(12,749)
(5,361)
–
(2,477)

60,721

305,594
(441)

305,153

78,606
(15,716)
(6,993)
(3,183)
855

53,569

308

490

61,029

54,059

5,594
(29,197)

(23,603)

37,426

1,921
5,358

7,279

44,705

245

5,496
(18,427)

(12,931)

41,128

(11,401)
3,178

(8,223)

32,905

500

44,950

33,405

43,719
1,231

44,950

41.69p
41.92p
40.37p
40.60p
44.36p
19.25p

31,822
1,583

33,405

30.66p
31.16p
29.86p
30.34p
35.04p
19.00p

A detailed reconciliation of the group’s underlying results is set out in the appendix to the Chairman’s statement on page 7.

44

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 45

Gro u p  Bal ance  Sheet
as at September 30 2008

Non-current assets
Intangible assets

Goodwill
Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment
Investments
Deferred tax assets
Net pension surplus
Derivative financial instruments

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Amounts on loans owed by DMGT group undertakings
Current income tax assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Derivative financial instruments

Current liabilities
Acquisition option commitments
Trade and other payables
Amounts on loans owed to DMGT group undertakings
Current income tax liabilities
Accruals
Deferred income
Derivative financial instruments
Provisions
Committed loan facility
Loan notes
Bank overdrafts

Net current liabilities

Total assets less current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Acquisition option commitments
Other non-current liabilities
Committed loan facility
Deferred tax liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
Provisions

Net assets

Shareholders’ equity
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Other reserve
Capital redemption reserve
Own shares
Liability for share based payments
Fair value reserve
Translation reserve
Retained earnings

Equity shareholders’ surplus
Equity minority interests

Total equity

Notes

2008
£000’s

2007
£000’s

11
11
12
13
21
27
18

16
29

18

25
17
29

18
20
19
19
19

25

19
21
18
20

22
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

272,096
135,482
21,661
303
16,459
2,527
368

448,896

69,141
155,772
1,928
21,211
1,451

249,503

(22,276)
(30,619)
(155,772)
(2,558)
(50,016)
(89,488)
(15,165)
(1,198)
(184,594)
(7,579)
(1,032)

248,137
131,885
20,917
252
11,508
364
5,088

418,151

67,458
–
–
26,711
4,387

98,556

(14,899)
(28,991)
–
(9,681)
(43,424)
(73,382)
(605)
(2,684)
–
(11,796)
(5,935)

(560,297)

(191,397)

(310,794)

(92,841)

138,102

325,310

(7,572)
(1,301)
–
(27,887)
(9,773)
(3,505)

(50,038)

88,064

263
38,575
64,981
8
(74)
20,676
(19,579)
17,113
(36,916)

85,047
3,017

88,064

(18,436)
(1,189)
(213,559)
(31,650)
(1,373)
(3,323)

(269,530)

55,780

258
38,509
64,981
8
(74)
15,737
18,176
(15,335)
(69,975)

52,285
3,495

55,780

The accounts were approved by the board of directors on November 12 2008.

Richard Ensor
Colin Jones
Directors

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

45

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 46

Group  Cash  Flow  Statement
for the year ended September 30 2008

Cash flow from operating activities
Operating profit
Share of results in associates and joint ventures
Profit from discontinued operations
Profit on disposal of long-term investment
Profit on disposal of businesses
Acquired intangible amortisation
Licences and software amortisation
Share option expense
Goodwill impairment
Reduction in goodwill arising from a deferred tax adjustment
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Movement in provisions
(Profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital
Decrease/(increase) in receivables
Increase in payables

Cash generated from operations
Income taxes paid

Net cash from operating activities

Investing activities
Dividends paid to minorities
Dividends received from associate
Interest received
Purchase of intangible assets
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from disposal of long-term investment
Purchase of additional interest in subsidiary undertakings
Acquisition of associates and joint ventures
Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings
Proceeds from disposal of businesses
Proceeds from disposal of discontinued operations

2008
£000’s

61,029
(308)
–
(1,589)
–
12,749
207
5,361
2,952
2,784
2,759
(1,419)
(1,662)

82,863
3,224
13,697

99,784
(12,231)

87,553

(2,056)
257
4,212
(156)
(4,240)
2,846
1,589
(5,997)
–
(556)
–
245

2007
£000’s

54,059
(490)
885
–
(6,780)
15,716
289
10,176
–
–
2,585
2,324
297

79,061
(11,570)
22,559

90,050
(9,773)

80,277

(1,511)
646
2,162
(112)
(7,889)
1,106
–
(18,594)
(6)
(151,317)
8,207
6,571

Net cash used in investing activities

(3,856)

(160,737)

Financing activities
Dividends paid
Interest paid
Interest paid on loan notes
Issue of new share capital
Repayment of borrowings
Settlement of derivative assets/liabilities
Redemption of loan notes
Loan repaid to DMGT group company
Loan received from DMGT group company

(19,950)
(10,129)
(534)
72
–
(5,591)
(4,324)
(217,236)
171,218

(18,110)
(17,277)
(578)
428
(78,136)
131
(915)
(61,350)
251,297

Net cash (used in)/from financing activities

(86,474)

75,490

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Effect of foreign exchange rate movements

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

(2,777)

(4,970)

20,776
2,180

20,179

26,268
(522)

20,776

46

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 47

Note  to  the  Group  Cash  Flow  Statement

Net Debt

Net debt at beginning of year
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Increase in loans
Decrease/(increase) in amounts owed to DMGT group company
Debt acquired on acquisition of Metal Bulletin
Redemption/(issue) of loan notes
Interest paid on loan notes
Other non cash changes
Effect of foreign exchange rate movements

2008
£000’s

(204,579)
(2,777)
–
46,018
–
4,324
534
(5,805)
(9,709)

2007
£000’s

(73,438)
(4,970)
78,136
(189,947)
(12,606)
(11,796)
267
(1,422)
11,197

Net debt at end of year

(171,994)

(204,579)

Net debt comprises cash at bank and in hand, bank overdrafts, committed borrowings and loan notes.

Non cash changes represent interest added to the principal amounts owed to DMGT and accrued interest on loan notes.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

47

80766 pre  8/12/08  19:58  Page 48

Group  Statement  of  Recognised  Income  and  Expense
for the year ended September 30 2008

Loss on sale of available-for-sale investments taken to equity
(Losses)/gains on cash flow hedges
Gains on revaluation of intangible assets
Net exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Net exchange differences on foreign currency loans
Actuarial gains on defined benefit pension schemes
Tax on items taken directly to equity

Net income recognised directly in equity

Translation reserves recycled to the income statement on disposals
Transfer of gain on cash flow hedges from fair value reserves to income statement
Profit for the year

Total recognised income and expense for the year

Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent
Equity minority interests

2008
£000’s

–
(17,455)
1,692
32,448
(19,115)
1,589
1,282

441

–
(2,877)
44,950

42,514

41,283
1,231

42,514

2007
£000’s

(405)
6,392
2,384
(15,001)
5,886
4,158
2,082

5,496

(90)
(2,699)
33,405

36,112

34,529
1,583

36,112

48

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 49

Notes  to  the  Accounts

1 Accounting policies
General information
Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC (the ‘company’) is a company incorporated in the UK.

The group financial statements consolidate those of the company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the ‘group’) and
equity-account the group’s interest in associates and jointly controlled entities. The parent company financial statements present
information about the entity and not about its group.

The group financial statements have been prepared and approved by the directors in accordance with the International Financial
Reporting Standards adopted for use in the European Union and therefore comply with Article 4 of the EU IAS Regulation. The
company has elected to prepare its parent company financial statements in accordance with UK GAAP.

Judgements made by the directors in the application of these accounting policies that have a significant effect on the financial
statements, and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment in the next year, are discussed in note 2.

In the current year, the group has adopted IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ which is effective for annual reporting periods
beginning  on  or  after  January  1  2007.  The  impact  of  IFRS  7  has  been  to  expand  the  disclosures  provided  in  these  financial
statements regarding the group’s financial instruments. 

At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the following new accounting standards, or amendments and interpretations
to existing standards have not been applied as they are not yet effective: Amendment to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements:
Capital Disclosures’ (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1 2009); IFRIC 14 ‘IAS 19 – The Limit on a Defined Benefit
Asset,  Minimum  Funding  Requirements  and  their  Interaction’  (effective  for  annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after  January  1  2008);
Amendment to IAS 23 ‘Borrowing Costs’ (effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1 2009); IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’
(effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1 2009); Amendment to IAS 27 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ (effective
for annual periods beginning on or after July 1 2009) and amendment to IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ (effective for annual periods
beginning on or after July 1 2009). The directors anticipate that the adoption of these standards in future periods will have no material
impact on the financial statements of the group except for additional disclosures. In addition, certain other standards and interpretations
were issued during the period which either do not apply to the group or are not expected to have any material effect.

Basis of preparation
The accounts have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for certain financial instruments which have been
measured at fair value.

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these group financial statements
except for the presentation of segmental information. The segmental information has been re-analysed to better reflect the system
of internal financial reporting to key management and to more accurately reflect the underlying businesses’ results that are used
to assess risk and reward decisions. As a result the comparative segmental information has been restated.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated accounts incorporate the accounts of the company and entities controlled by the company (its ‘subsidiaries’).
Control is achieved where the company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an investee entity so as to
obtain benefits from its activities.

An associate is an entity over which the group is in a position to exercise significant influence, but not control or joint control,
through participation in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee. A joint venture is an entity over which the
group is in a position to exercise joint control over the financial and operating policies of the investee. The results and assets and
liabilities of associates and joint ventures are incorporated in these financial statements using the equity method of accounting.

Where  the  group  owns  a  non-controlling  interest  in  the  equity  share  capital  of  a  non-quoted  company  and  does  not  exercise
significant influence, it is held as an investment and stated in the balance sheet at the lower of cost and net realisable value.

The  results  of  subsidiary  and  associated  undertakings  acquired  during  the  year  are  incorporated  from  the  effective  date  of
acquisition. Acquisitions are accounted for under the acquisition method, with consideration given and the assets and liabilities
acquired being recorded at fair value.

Minority interests in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the group’s equity therein. Minority
interests consists of the amount of those interests at the date of the original business combination and the minority’s share of
changes in equity since the date of the combination. Losses applicable to the minority in excess of the minority interest in the
subsidiary’s equity are allocated against the interests of the group except to the extent that the minority has a binding obligation
and is able to make an additional investment to cover the losses.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

49

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 50

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

1 Accounting policies continued
Foreign currencies
The  functional  and  presentation  currency  of  Euromoney  Institutional  Investor  PLC  and  its  UK  subsidiaries  is  sterling  (£).  The
functional currency of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures is the currency of the primary economic environment in which
they operate.

Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rates ruling at the balance sheet date.

The income statements of overseas operations are translated into sterling at the average exchange rates for the year and their
balance sheets are translated into sterling at the exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. All exchange differences arising
on consolidation are taken to equity. In the event of the disposal of an operation, the related cumulative translation differences
are recognised in the income statement in the period of disposal.

Gains and losses arising on foreign currency borrowings and derivative instruments, to the extent that they are used to provide a
hedge against the group’s equity investments in overseas undertakings, are taken to equity together with the exchange difference
arising on the net investment in those undertakings. All other exchange differences are taken to the income statement.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss.

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided on the straight-line basis over their expected useful lives at the following
rates per year:

Freehold land and buildings
Long-term leasehold premises
Short-term leasehold premises
Office equipment
Motor vehicles

2%
over term of lease
over term of lease
11% – 33%
20%

All property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’ when there are
indications that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  fair  value  of  purchase  consideration  over  the  net  fair  value  of  identifiable  assets  and
liabilities acquired. 

Goodwill is recognised as an asset at cost and subsequently measured at cost less accumulated impairment. For the purposes of
impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to those cash generating units that have benefited from the acquisition. The carrying
value of goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually or where there is an indication that goodwill may be impaired. If the
recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is less than its carrying amount, then the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce
the  carrying  amount  of  the  goodwill  allocated  to  the  unit  and  then  to  the  other  assets  of  the  unit  on  a  pro  rata  basis.  Any
impairment is recognised immediately in the income statement and may not subsequently be reversed. On disposal of a subsidiary
undertaking, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit and loss on disposal.

Goodwill  arising  on  foreign  subsidiary  investments  held  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  are  retranslated  into  sterling  at  the
applicable period end exchange rates. Any exchange differences arising are taken directly to equity as part of the retranslation of
the net assets of the subsidiary.

Goodwill arising on acquisitions before the date of transition to IFRS has been retained at the previous UK GAAP amounts having
been tested for impairment at that date. Goodwill written off to reserves under UK GAAP before October 1 1998 has not been
reinstated and is not included in determining any subsequent profit or loss on disposal.

Other intangible assets
The group makes an assessment of the fair value of intangible assets arising on acquisitions. An intangible asset will be recognised
as long as the asset is separable or arises from contractual or other legal rights, and its fair value can be measured reliably. 

Amortisation is charged so as to write off the costs of intangible assets over their estimated useful lives, using the straight-line or
reducing balance method. 

50

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 51

1 Accounting policies continued
All intangible assets are reviewed for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 ‘Impairment of assets’ when there are indications that
the carrying value may not be recoverable.

The costs of acquiring and developing software that is not integral to the related hardware is capitalised separately as an intangible
asset. These intangibles are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

Amortisation
Amortisation of intangible assets is provided on a reducing balance basis or straight-line basis as appropriate over their expected
useful lives at the following rates per year:

Brands
Data providers contracts
Customer relationships
Licences and software
Subscription contracts

20 – 30 years
5 years
3 – 16 years
3 years
1 year

Business combinations achieved in stages 
Where  a  business  combination  is  achieved  by  more  than  one  exchange  transaction,  goodwill  is  calculated  separately  for  each
transaction  with  the  appropriate  share  of  the  acquiree’s  net  assets  based  on  the  net  fair  values  at  the  time  of  each  exchange
transaction.  Any  adjustment  to  fair  values  related  to  previously  held  interests  is  a  revaluation  which  is  accounted  for  as  an
adjustment to equity.

Purchases and sale of shares in a controlled entity 
Where the group’s interest in a controlled entity increases, which does not result in a change of control, the group calculates the
goodwill arising as the difference between the cost of the additional interest acquired and the fair value of the group’s interest in
the  subsidiary’s  net  assets  at  the  date  of  the  change  in  interest.  All  of  the  assets  and  liabilities  are  fair  valued  at  the  date  of
acquisition of the additional controlling stake. 

Financial assets
Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised and carried at original invoice amount, less provision for impairment. A provision is made and
charged  to  the  income  statement  when  there  is  objective  evidence  that  the  group  will  not  be  able  to  collect  all  amounts  due
according to the original terms.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash  and  cash  equivalents  includes  cash,  short-term  deposits  and  other  short-term  highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original
maturity of three months or less.

For  the  purpose  of  the  group  cash  flow  statement,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  are  as  defined  above,  net  of  outstanding
bank overdrafts.

Financial liabilities and equity
Committed borrowings and bank overdrafts
Interest-bearing  loans  and  overdrafts  are  recorded  at  the  proceeds  received,  net  of  direct  issue  costs.  Direct  issue  costs  are
amortised  over  the  period  of  the  loans  and  overdrafts  to  which  they  relate.  Finance  charges,  including  premiums  payable  on
settlement or redemption are charged to the income statement as incurred using the effective interest rate method and are added
to the carrying value of the borrowings or overdraft to the extent they are not settled in the period which they arise.

Trade payables
Trade payables are not interest-bearing and are stated at their fair value.

Derivatives financial instruments
The  group  uses  various  derivative  financial  instruments  to  manage  its  exposure  to  foreign  exchange  and  interest  rate  risks,
including forward foreign currency contracts and interest rate swaps.

All  derivative  instruments  are  recorded  in  the  balance  sheet  at  fair  value.  The  recognition  of  gains  or  losses  on  derivative
instruments depends on whether the instrument is designated as a hedge and the type of exposure it is designed to hedge. 

The effective portion of gains or losses on cash flow hedges are deferred in equity until the impact from the hedged item is recognised
in the income statement. The ineffective portion of such gains and losses is recognised in the income statement immediately.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

51

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 52

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

1 Accounting policies continued
Gains  or  losses  on  the  qualifying  part  of  net  investment  hedges  are  recognised  in  equity  together  with  the  gains  and
losses  on  the  underlying  net  investment.  The  ineffective  portion  of  such  gains  and  losses  is  recognised  in  the  income
statement immediately.

Changes in the fair value of the derivative financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the
income statement as they arise.

The premium or discount on interest rate instruments is recognised as part of net interest payable over the period of the contract.
Interest rate swaps are accounted for on an accruals basis.

Liabilities in respect of put option agreements
Liabilities for put options over the remaining minority interests in subsidiaries are recorded in the balance sheet at their estimated
discounted present value. These discounts are unwound and charged to the income statement as notional interest over the period
up to the date of the potential future payment. In respect of options over further interests in joint ventures and associates, only
movements in their fair value are recognised.

Taxation
Current tax, including UK corporation tax and foreign tax, is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using the tax
rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred taxation is calculated under the provisions of IAS 12 ‘Income tax’ and is recognised on differences between the carrying
amounts of assets and liabilities in the accounts and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and
is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary
differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against
which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. No provision is made for temporary differences on unremitted earnings
of foreign subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates where the group has control and the reversal of the temporary difference is
not foreseeable.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer
probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised
based on tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is charged
or  credited  in  the  income  statement,  except  when  it  relates  to  items  charged  or  credited  directly  to  equity,  in  which  case  the
deferred tax is also dealt with in equity. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax
liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the group intends to settle its current
assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Provisions
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past
event, and it is probable that economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If it is material, provisions are determined
by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money
and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

Pensions
Contributions  to  pension  schemes  in  respect  of  current  and  past  service,  ex-gratia  pensions,  and  cost  of  living  adjustments  to
existing pensions are based on the advice of independent actuaries.

Payments  to  the  Euromoney  Pension  Plan  and  the  Metal  Bulletin  Group  Personal  Pension  Plan,  defined  contribution  pension
schemes, are charged as an expense as they fall due. 

The company operates the Metal Bulletin Pension Scheme, a defined benefit scheme. The cost of providing benefits is determined
by  triennial  valuations  using  the  attained  age  method,  with  actuarial  valuations  being  carried  out  at  each  balance  sheet  date.
Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the period in which they occur. The retirement benefit obligation recognised in
the balance sheet represents the present value of the defined benefit obligation as adjusted for unrecognised past service cost,
and as reduced by the fair value of scheme assets.

52

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 53

1 Accounting policies continued
The company also participates in the Harmsworth Pension Scheme, a defined benefit pension scheme which is operated by Daily
Mail and General Trust plc. As there is no contractual agreement or stated policy for charging the net defined benefit cost for the
plan as a whole to the individual entities, the company recognises an expense equal to its contributions payable in the period and
does not recognise any unfunded liability of this pension scheme on its balance sheet.

Share-based payments
The group makes share-based payments to certain employees. These payments are measured at their estimated fair value at the
date of grant, calculated using an appropriate option pricing model. The fair value determined at the grant date is expensed on a
straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the estimate of the number of shares that will eventually vest. At the period
end the vesting assumptions are revisited and the charge associated with the fair value of these options updated. In accordance
with  the  transitional  provisions  of  IFRS  1,  IFRS  2  ‘Share-based  payments’  has  been  applied  to  all  grants  of  options  after
November 7 2002, that were unvested at October 1 2004, the date of transition to IFRS.

For cash settled share based payments a liability equal to the portion of the goods and services received is recognised at the current
fair value as determined at each balance sheet date.

Revenue
Revenue represents income from advertising, subscriptions, sponsorship and delegate fees, net of value added tax. 

● Advertising revenues are recognised in the income statement on the date of publication.

● Subscription revenues are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the subscription.

● Sponsorship and delegate revenues are recognised in the income statement over the period the event is run.

Revenues invoiced but relating to future periods are deferred and treated as deferred income in the balance sheet.

Leased assets
Operating  lease  rentals  are  charged  to  the  income  statement  on  a  straight-line  or  other  systematic  basis  as  allowed  by
IAS 17 ‘Leases’.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are approved by the company’s shareholders. Interim dividends
are recorded in the period in which they are paid.

Own shares held by Employees’ Share Ownership Trust
Transactions of the group-sponsored trust are included in the group financial statements. In particular, the trust’s holdings of shares
in the company are debited direct to equity.

Earnings per share
The earnings per share and diluted earnings per share calculations follow the provisions of IAS 33 ‘Earnings per share’. The diluted
earnings per share figure is calculated by adjusting for the dilution effect of the exercise of all ordinary share options, SAYE options
and  the  Capital  Appreciation  Plan  options  granted  by  the  company,  but  excluding  the  ordinary  shares  held  by  the  Euromoney
Employees’ Share Ownership Trust.

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are items of income or expense considered by the directors, either individually or if of a similar type in aggregate, as
being either material or significant and which require disclosure in order to provide a view of the group’s results excluding these items.

2 Key judgemental areas adopted in preparing these accounts
The group prepares its group financial statements in accordance with IFRS, the application of which often requires judgements to
be made by management when formulating the group’s financial position and results. Under IFRS, the directors are required to
adopt those accounting policies most appropriate to the group’s circumstances for the purpose of presenting fairly the group’s
financial position, financial performance and cash flows.

In determining and applying accounting policies, judgement is often required in respect of items where the choice of specific policy,
accounting estimate or assumption to be followed could materially affect the reported results or net asset position of the group
should it later be determined that a different choice would have been more appropriate. 

Management  considers  the  accounting  estimates  and  assumptions  discussed  below  to  be  its  key  judgemental  areas  and,
accordingly, provides an explanation of each below. Management has discussed its critical accounting estimates and associated
disclosures with the group’s audit committee.

The discussion below should also be read in conjunction with the group’s disclosure of IFRS accounting policies, which is provided
in note 1. 

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

53

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 54

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

2 Key judgemental areas adopted in preparing these accounts continued
Acquisitions
The group’s accounting policy is that on acquisition of a subsidiary or business, the purchase consideration is allocated over the
net  fair  value  of  identifiable  assets,  liabilities  and  contingent  liabilities  acquired,  with  any  excess  purchase  consideration
representing goodwill.

Fair value
Determining  the  fair  value  of  assets,  liabilities  and  contingent  liabilities  acquired  requires  management’s  judgement  and  often
involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash flows, recoverability
of assets, and unprovided liabilities and commitments particularly in relation to tax and VAT.

Intangible assets
The group makes an assessment of the fair value of intangible assets arising on acquisitions. An intangible asset will be recognised
as long as the asset is separable or arises from contractual or other legal rights, and its fair value can be measured reliably.

The measurement of the fair value of intangible assets acquired requires significant management judgement particularly in relation
to the expected future cash flows from the acquired marketing databases (which are generally based on management’s estimate
of marketing response rates), trademarks, brands, repeat and well established events. At September 30 2008 the net book value
of intangible assets was £135.1 million (2007: £131.5 million).

Goodwill
Goodwill is recognised as an asset at cost and subsequently measured at cost less accumulated impairment. For the purposes of
impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to those cash generating units that have benefited from the acquisition. The carrying
value of goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually or where there is an indication that goodwill may be impaired.

Goodwill  is  impaired  where  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill  is  higher  than  the  net  present  value  of  future  cash  flows  of  those
cash  generating  units  to  which  it  relates.  Key  areas  of  judgement  in  calculating  the  net  present  value  are  the  forecast
cashflows,  the  long  term  growth  rate  of  the  applicable  businesses  and  the  discount  rate  applied  to  those  cash  flows.  During
the  year  the  group  recognised  a  goodwill  impairment  of  £3.0  million  (note  5)  and  a  reduction  in  goodwill  arising  from  a
deferred tax adjustment of £2.8 million (note 5). Goodwill held on the balance sheet at September 30 2008 was £272.1 million
(2007: £248.1 million). 

Acquisition option commitments
The  group  is  party  to  a  number  of  put  and  call  options  over  the  remaining  minority  interests  in  some  of  its  subsidiaries.
IAS 39 requires the discounted present value of these acquisition option commitments to be recognised as a liability on the balance
sheet with a corresponding decrease in reserves. The discounts are unwound as a notional interest charge to the income statement.
Key areas of judgement in calculating the discounted present value of the options are the expected future cash flows and earnings
of the business, the period remaining until the option is exercised and the discount rate. At September 30 2008 the discounted
present value of these acquisition option commitments was £29.8 million (2007: £33.3 million).

Share-based payments
The  group  makes  share-based  payments  to  certain  employees.  These  payments  are  measured  at  their  estimated  fair  value
at  the  date  of  grant,  calculated  using  an  appropriate  option  pricing  model.  The  fair  value  determined  at  the  grant  date  is
expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the estimate of the number of shares that will eventually vest.
The  key  assumptions  used  in  calculating  the  fair  value  of  the  options  are  the  discount  rate,  the  group’s  share  price  volatility,
dividend yield, risk free rate of return, and expected option lives. These assumptions are set out in note 23. Management regularly
perform  a  true-up  of  the  estimate  of  the  number  of  shares  that  are  expected  to  vest,  which  is  dependent  on  the  anticipated
number of leavers. 

The  Capital  Appreciation  Plan  is  explained  in  detail  in  the  Directors’  Remuneration  Report.  The  number  of  shares  available  for
award  is  dependent  on  the  future  profits  of  the  group  up  to  at  least  2009  which,  in  addition  to  the  key  assumptions  above,
management  are  required  to  estimate.  A  fall  in  the  estimate  of  these  profits  would  result  in  a  lower  cumulative  charge  to  the
income statement.

The charge for share-based payments for the year ended September 30 2008 is £5.4 million (2007: £10.2 million).

Defined benefit pension scheme
The surplus or deficit in the defined benefit pension scheme that is recognised through the statement of recognised income and
expense is subject to a number of assumptions and uncertainties. The calculated liabilities of the scheme are based on assumptions
regarding  salary  increases,  inflation  rates,  discount  rates,  the  long  term  expected  return  on  the  scheme’s  assets  and  member
longevity.  Details  of  the  assumptions  used  are  shown  in  note  27.  Such  assumptions  are  based  on  actuarial  advice  and  are
benchmarked against similar pension schemes.

54

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 55

2 Key judgemental areas adopted in preparing these accounts continued
Taxation
The group’s tax charge on ordinary activities is the sum of the total current and deferred tax charges. The calculation of the group’s
total tax charge necessarily involves a degree of estimation and judgement in respect of certain items whose tax treatment cannot
be finally determined until resolution has been reached with the relevant tax authority or, as appropriate, through a formal legal
process. The final resolution of some of these items may give rise to material profit and loss and/or cash flow variances.

The  group  is  a  multi-national  group  with  tax  affairs  in  many  geographical  locations.  This  inherently  leads  to  a  higher  than  usual
complexity to the group’s tax structure and makes the degree of estimation and judgement more challenging. The resolution of issues
is not always within the control of the group and it is often dependent on the efficiency of the legislative processes in the relevant taxing
jurisdictions in which the group operates. Issues can, and often do, take many years to resolve. Payments in respect of tax liabilities for
an accounting period result from payments on account and on the final resolution of open items. As a result, there can be substantial
differences between the tax charge in the income statement and tax payments.

The  group  has  certain  significant  open  items  in  several  tax  jurisdictions  and  as  a  result  the  amounts  recognised  in  the  group
financial statements in respect of these items are derived from the group’s best estimation and judgement, as described above.
However,  the  inherent  uncertainty  regarding  the  outcome  of  these  items  means  eventual  resolution  could  differ  from  the
accounting estimates and therefore affect the group’s results and cash flows.

Recognition of deferred tax assets
The recognition of net deferred tax assets is based upon whether it is probable that sufficient and suitable taxable profits will be
available  in  the  future,  against  which  the  reversal  of  temporary  differences  can  be  deducted.  Recognition,  therefore,  involves
judgement regarding the future financial performance of the particular legal entity or tax group in which the deferred tax asset
has been recognised. 

Historical differences between forecast and actual taxable profits have not resulted in material adjustments to the recognition of
deferred tax assets. At September 30 2008, the group had a deferred tax asset of £16.5 million (2007: £11.5 million).

Treasury
Interest rate exposure
Interest  rate  swaps  and  caps  are  used  to  manage  the  group’s  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  interest  rates  on  its  floating  rate
borrowings. The maturity profile of these derivatives is matched with the expected future debt profile of the group. The group’s
policy is to fix the interest rates on approximately 80% of its term debt looking forward over five years. The expected future debt
profile of the group is based on estimates of both timings and size of future, as yet unknown, acquisitions offset by an estimate
of the cash generated by the group over a five year period. If management materially underestimate the group’s future debt profile
this would lead to too few interest rate instruments being in place and the group more exposed to swings in interest rates. An
overestimate of the group’s future debt profile would lead to associated costs in unwinding the excess interest rate instruments.
At September 30 2008, the fair value of the group’s interest rate swaps was a liability £2.9 million (2007: £0.6 million).

Forward contracts
The group is exposed to foreign exchange risk in the form of transactions in foreign currencies entered into by group companies
and by the translation of the results of foreign subsidiaries into sterling for reporting purposes. 

The group does not hedge the translation of the results of foreign subsidiaries, consequently, fluctuations in the value of pounds
sterling versus currencies could materially affect the amount of these items in the consolidated financial statements, even if their
values have not changed in their original currency. The group does endeavour to match foreign currency borrowings to investments
in order to provide a natural hedge for the translation of the net assets of overseas subsidiaries.

Approximately 60% of the group’s revenues are in US dollars. Subsidiaries normally do not hedge transactions in foreign currencies
into the functional currency of their own operations. However, at a group level a series of US dollar forward contracts is put in
place up to 48 months forward partially to hedge its dollar revenues into sterling. The timing and value of these forward contracts
is  based  on  management’s  estimate  of  its  future  US  dollar  revenues  over  a  48  month  period.  If  management  materially
underestimated the group’s future US dollar revenues this would lead to too few forward contracts being in place and the group
being more exposed to swings in US dollar to sterling exchange rates. An overestimate of the group’s US dollar revenue would
lead to associated costs in unwinding the excess forward contracts. At September 30 2008, the fair value of the group’s forward
contracts was a liability of £10.9 million (2007: asset of £7.3 million).

Details of the financial instruments used are set out in note 18 to the accounts.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

55

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 56

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

3
Segmental analysis
Primary reporting format
Segmental information is presented in respect of the group’s business divisions and represent the group’s management and internal
reporting  structure.  The  group  is  organised  into  five  business  divisions:  Financial  publishing;  Business  publishing;  Training;
Conferences and seminars; and Databases and information services. This is considered to be the primary reporting format. Financial
publishing and Business publishing consist primarily of advertising and subscription revenue. The Training division consists primarily
of  delegate  revenue.  Conferences  and  seminars  consists  of  both  sponsorship  income  and  delegate  revenue.  Databases  and
information services consists of subscription revenue. A breakdown of the group’s revenue by type is set out below. 

The presentation of the group’s primary reporting format has been re-analysed to better reflect the system of internal financial
reporting to key management and to more accurately reflect the underlying businesses’ results that are used to assess risk and
reward decisions. As a result the comparative split of divisional revenues and operating profits has been restated. The total revenue
and operating profit remains unchanged. The total revenue and operating profit by geographic source remains unchanged.

Secondary reporting format
The group divides the operation of its businesses across three main geographical areas: United Kingdom; North America; and Rest
of World (which primarily includes Asia). These geographical areas are considered as the secondary reporting format.

Inter segment sales are charged at prevailing market rates and shown in the eliminations columns below.

United Kingdom
2007
2008
(Restated)
£000’s

£000’s

North America
2007
2008
(Restated)
£000’s

£000’s

Rest of World
2007
2008
(Restated)
£000’s

£000’s

Eliminations

Total

2008

£000’s

2007
(Restated)
£000’s

2008

£000’s

2007
(Restated)
£000’s

49,225
40,361
27,078
31,511

47,854
33,742
24,206
29,036

36,401
12,598
10,581
38,386

38,365
11,270
10,521
38,708

1,956
1,963
3,553
18,147

1,803
1,637
2,662
13,714

(3,423)
(1,834)
(460)
(145)

(3,542) 84,159
(1,040) 53,088
(334) 40,752
(159) 87,899

84,480
45,609
37,055
81,299

7,529
39
1,665

7,568
1,306
1,583

40,733
–
299

30,415
3,635
236

17,867
–
2

13,794
–
4

(2)
–
(1,966)

(2) 66,127
(6)
39
(1,823)
–

51,775
4,935
–

157,408 145,295 138,998 133,150
–

–

–

–

43,488
–

33,614
441

(7,830)
–

(6,906) 332,064 305,153
441

–

–

Revenue
By division and source:
Financial publishing
Business publishing
Training
Conferences and seminars
Databases and information

services

Sold/closed businesses
Corporate revenue

Group revenue
Joint ventures

157,408 145,295 138,998 133,150

43,488

34,055

(7,830)

(6,906) 332,064 305,594

The joint venture revenues of £nil (2007: £441,000) can be allocated as follows: Conferences and seminars £nil (2007: £353,000)
and Training £nil (2007: £88,000).

Revenue by type:
Subscriptions
Advertising
Sponsorship
Delegates
Other
Sold/closed businesses

Total revenue
Investment income (note 7)

Total revenue and investment income

56

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

2008
£000’s

2007
£000’s

123,067 103,949
65,227
46,203
74,046
10,793
4,935

66,504
45,813
86,350
10,291
39

332,064 305,153
653

597

332,661 305,806

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 57

3

Segmental analysis continued

Revenue
By destination:
Sale of goods
Sale of services
Sold/closed businesses

Group revenue
Joint ventures

Total revenue
Investment income

Total revenue (including 
share of joint venture 
revenue) and 
investment income

United Kingdom
2007
2008
£000’s
£000’s

North America
2007
2008
£000’s
£000’s

Rest of World
2007
2008
£000’s
£000’s

Eliminations

Total

2008
£000’s

2007
£000’s

2008
£000’s

2007
£000’s

52,901
8,884
39

61,824
–

61,824
459

34,808
14,244
500

85,650
47,942
–

96,156
47,218
3,765

71,308
73,170
–

56,616
58,059
693

49,552 133,592 147,139 144,478 115,368
441

–

–

–

–

49,552 133,592 147,139 144,478 115,809
–

267

386

106

32

(6,485)
(1,345)
–

(7,830)
–

(7,830)
–

(5,716) 203,374 181,864
(1,167) 128,651 118,354
4,935

(23)

39

(6,906) 332,064 305,153
441

–

–

(6,906) 332,064 305,594
653

597

–

62,283

49,819 133,698 147,525 144,510 115,809

(7,830)

(6,906) 332,661 306,247

Operating profit1
By division and source:
Financial publishing
Business publishing
Training
Conferences and seminars
Databases and information services
Sold/closed businesses
Unallocated corporate costs

Operating profit before acquired intangible
amortisation, share option expense and
exceptional items

Acquired intangible amortisation2
Share option expense
Exceptional items (note 5)

Operating profit before associates and 

United Kingdom
2007
2008
(Restated)
£000’s

£000’s

North America
2007
2008
(Restated)
£000’s

£000’s

Rest of World
2007
2008
(Restated)
£000’s

£000’s

Total

2008

£000’s

2007
(Restated)
£000’s

18,583
15,467
7,720
9,067
4,595
71

16,701
11,684
7,240
9,190
5,238
543
(24,132) (11,843)

5,644
3,402
1,838
10,718
14,032
–
5,675

7,092
3,022
2,323
12,048
11,488
711
(1,435)

287
527
883
3,263
2,479
–
1,189

172
322
639
1,878
1,948
(3)

23,965
24,514
15,028
19,396
10,202
10,441
23,116
23,048
18,674
21,106
1,251
71
(352) (17,268) (13,630)

31,371
(4,396)
(3,538)
2,306

38,753
(5,703)
(6,503)
(727)

41,309
(7,107)
(1,555)
(4,783)

35,249
(9,216)
(3,317)
1,582

8,628
(1,246)
(268)
–

4,604

81,308

78,606
(797) (12,749) (15,716)
(5,361) (10,176)
(356)
855
–
(2,477)

joint ventures

25,743

25,820

27,864

24,298

7,114

3,451

60,721

53,569

Share of results in associates and joint ventures
Net finance costs (note 7)

Profit before tax
Tax credit/(expense) (note 8)

Profit after tax

308

490
(23,603) (12,931)

37,426
7,279

41,128
(8,223)

44,705

32,905

The  exceptional  loss  of  £2,477,000  (2007:  gain  £855,000)  can  be  allocated  as  follows:  Business  publishing  gain  £475,000
(2007: £3,628,000); Conferences and seminars loss £2,952,000 (2007: £nil); Databases and information services £nil (2007: loss
£303,000); Unallocated corporate costs £nil (2007: loss £2,470,000). 

Share  option  expense  of  £5,361,000  (2007:  £10,176,000)  can  be  allocated  as  follows:  Financial  publishing  £1,320,000
(2007: £2,543,000); Business publishing £603,000 (2007: £1,337,000); Training £1,122,000 (2007: £2,160,000); Conferences and
seminars £655,000 (2007: £1,333,000); Databases and information services £805,000 (2007: £1,147,000); Unallocated corporate
costs £856,000 (2007: £1,656,000). 

Acquired  intangible  amortisation  of  £12,749,000  (2007:  £15,716,000)  can  be  allocated  as  follows:  Financial  publishing
£1,267,000  (2007:  £1,760,000);  Business  publishing  £3,395,000  (2007:  £4,418,000);  Conferences  and  seminars  £291,000
(2007:  £248,000);  Databases  and  information  services  £7,647,000  (2007:  £9,133,000);  Unallocated  corporate  costs  £149,000
(2007: £157,000).

1 Operating profit before acquired intangible amortisation, share option expense and exceptional items.
2 Intangible amortisation represents amortisation on acquisition related non-goodwill assets such as brands, database content and trademarks.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

57

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 58

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

3

Segmental analysis continued

Net assets/(liabilities) by division:
As at September 30 2008
Assets
Liabilities

Conferences 

Databases
and 
and information 

Financial

Business
publishing publishing
£000’s

£000’s

Training
£000’s

seminars
£000’s

Closed 
services businesses
£000’s

£000’s

Non-
operating 
assets/ 
(liabilities)
£000’s

Total
£000’s

111,251
(139,510)

85,587
(108,996)

54,400
(60,080)

79,688
(101,687)

307,000
(111,786)

5,057
(3,801)

55,416
(84,475)

698,399
(610,335)

Net assets/(liabilities)

(28,259)

(23,409)

(5,680)

(21,999) 195,214

1,256

(29,059)

88,064

Capital expenditure (excluding

intangibles)

Depreciation (excluding intangibles)
Amortisation
Impairment losses
Acquisition put option commitments

(4)
(28)
(1,270)
–
(3,628)

(24)
(34)
(3,548)
(2,784)
(9,535)

(5)
(22)
–
–
–

(53)
(77)
(291)
(2,952)
(7,952)

(496)
(696)
(7,726)
–
(8,733)

–
–
–
–
–

(3,658)
(1,902)
(121)
–
–

(4,240)
(2,759)
(12,956)
(5,736)
(29,848)

Conferences 

Databases
and 
and information 

Financial

Business
publishing publishing
£000’s

£000’s

Training
£000’s

seminars
£000’s

Closed 
services businesses
£000’s

£000’s

Non-
operating 
assets/ 
(liabilities)
£000’s

Total
£000’s

Net assets/(liabilities) by division:
As at September 30 2007
Assets
Liabilities

71,247
(94,696)

47,074
(73,632)

29,848
(35,930)

64,393
(77,283)

246,982
(80,292)

6,813
(3,897)

50,350
(95,197)

576,707
(460,927)

Net assets/(liabilities)

(23,449)

(26,558)

(6,082)

(12,890) 166,690

2,916

(44,847)

55,780

Capital expenditure (excluding

intangibles)

Depreciation (excluding intangibles)
Amortisation
Impairment losses
Acquisition put option commitments

(1,549)
(500)
(1,780)
–
(8,578)

(132)
(141)
(4,577)
–
(6,003)

(33)
(12)
(15)
–
–

(84)
(97)
(249)
–
(9,532)

(469)
(464)
(9,297)
–
(9,222)

(11)
(32)
–
–
–

(5,611)
(1,339)
(87)
–
–

(7,889)
(2,585)
(16,005)
–
(33,335)

Non-operating assets and liabilities principally include deferred tax, corporation tax, external bank loans, loans to and from DMGT,
dividend receivable, deferred consideration, and acquisition option commitments.

Net assets/(liabilities)
By location:
Assets
Liabilities

United Kingdom
2007
2008
£000’s
£000’s

North America
2008
£000’s

2007
£000’s

Rest of World

Total

2008
£000’s

2007
£000’s

2008
£000’s

2007
£000’s

306,649
(332,795)

191,336
(165,134)

356,495
(223,882)

297,505
(266,314)

35,255
(53,658)

27,866
(29,479)

698,399
(610,335)

516,707
(460,927)

Net assets/(liabilities)

(26,146)

26,202

132,613

31,191

(18,403)

(1,613)

88,064

55,780

Capital expenditure by location

3,111

5,627

637

1,752

492

510

4,240

7,889

58

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 59

4 Operating profit

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Distribution costs
Administrative expenses

Operating profit before associates and joint ventures

Total
2008
£000’s

Total
2007
£000’s

332,064
(102,648)

305,153
(92,169)

229,416

212,984

(5,938)
(162,757)

(6,005)
(153,410)

60,721

53,569

Administrative expenses include a profit on sale of property of £1,670,000 (2007: £nil), profit on disposal of long-term investment
of  £1,589,000  (2007:  £nil),  profit  on  disposal  of  businesses  of  £nil  (2007:  £6,780,000),  reduction  in  goodwill  arising  from  a
deferred  tax  adjustment  of  £2,784,000  (2007:  £nil),  goodwill  impairment  of  £2,952,000  (2007:  £nil)  and  reorganisation  and
restructuring costs of £nil (2007: £5,925,000) (note 5).

Operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting):

Staff costs (note 6)
Intangible amortisation

Acquired intangible amortisation
Licenses and software

Goodwill impairment
Reduction in goodwill arising from a deferred tax adjustment
Depreciation of property plant and equipment
Auditors’ remuneration:

Group audit
Non-audit

Property operating lease rentals
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
Exceptional profit on sale of property (note 5)
Reorganisation and restructuring costs
Foreign exchange gain
Impairment loss recognised on trade receivables
Reversal of impairment loss recognised on trade receivables

Audit and non-audit services relate to:

Fees payable for the audit of the company’s annual accounts
Fees payable for other services to the group

The audit of subsidiaries pursuant to local legislation

Total audit fees

Other audit services

Tax services
Other services

Total non-audit fees

2008
£000’s

2007
£000’s

115,326

110,981

12,749
207
2,952
2,784
2,759

830
215
6,035
8
(1,670)
–
(979)
3,662
(758)

2008
£000’s

593

237

830

186
29

215

15,716
289
–
–
2,585

737
302
5,214
297
–
5,925
(1,686)
2,525
(1,493)

2007
£000’s

491

246

737

175
127

302

In addition to the above amounts, non-audit fees of £76,000 (2007: £99,000) was capitalised in respect of acquisitions.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

59

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 60

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

Exceptional items

5
Exceptional items are items of income or expense considered by the directors, either individually or if of a similar type in aggregate, as
being either material or significant and which require disclosure in order to provide a view of the group’s results excluding these items.

Profit on sale of property
Profit on disposal of long-term investment
Profit on disposal of businesses
Reduction in goodwill arising from a deferred tax adjustment (note 11)
Goodwill impairment (note 11)
Reorganisation and restructuring costs

2008
£000’s

1,670
1,589
–
(2,784)
(2,952)
–

(2,477)

2007
£000’s

–
–
6,780
–
–
(5,925)

855

In August 2008 the group sold a freehold property with a net book value of £1,172,000 for £2,842,000 resulting in a profit on
sale, after related sale costs, of £1,670,000 and no corresponding tax charge.

In  May  2008  the  group  sold  its  15%  interest  in  LAMP  Technologies  LLC,  a  provider  of  back  office  services  to  the  hedge  fund
industry, resulting in a profit of £1,589,000 and no corresponding tax charge (note 15).

At  September  30  2008,  the  group  re-assessed  the  recoverability  of  tax  losses  acquired  with  Metal  Bulletin  and  as  a  result
recognised  a  deferred  tax  asset  of  £2,784,000.  In  accordance  with  IAS  12  ‘Income  taxes’  the  group  is  required  to  reduce  its
previously capitalised goodwill to offset the recognition of this deferred tax asset.

The group is required to review the carrying value of goodwill at least annually, and as a result of the review, the group impaired
capitalised goodwill by £2,952,000 with a corresponding deferred tax credit of £1,181,000.

Staff costs

6
(i) Directors’ emoluments

The emoluments of the directors of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC were as follows:

Directors’ salaries and fees, benefits in kind and profit shares
Pension contributions (including waiver of profit shares)

2008
£000’s

2007
£000’s

13,168
109

13,277

12,573
108

12,681

Details of directors’ remuneration are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 30 to 41.

(ii) Number of staff (including directors)

By business segment:
Financial publishing
Business publishing
Training
Conferences and seminars
Databases and information services
Central

2008
Average

2007
Average

485
267
161
433
669
347

461
336
157
403
579
396

2,362

2,332

60

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 61

6

Staff costs continued

By geographical location:

United Kingdom
North America
Rest of World

(iii) Staff costs (including directors)

Salaries, wages and incentives
Social security costs
Pension contributions
Share-based compensation costs

7

Finance income and expense

Finance income
Interest receivable from DMGT group undertakings
Interest receivable from short-term investments
Expected return on pension scheme assets
Net movements in acquisition option commitment values

Finance expense
Committed borrowings
Interest payable to DMGT group undertakings
Ineffectiveness of interest rate swaps
Interest payable on loan notes
Interest on pension scheme liabilities
Net movements in acquisition option commitment values
Imputed interest on acquisition option commitments

Foreign exchange loss on tax equalisation contracts
Other gains on tax equalisation contracts

Net loss on tax equalisation contracts

Net finance costs

2008
Average

839
774
749

2007
Average

884
777
671

2,362

2,332

2008
£000’s

99,221
9,041
1,703
5,361

2007
£000’s

89,240
9,939
1,626
10,176

115,326

110,981

2008
£000’s

3,825
597
1,172
–

5,594

(12,252)
(3,825)
(227)
(478)
(1,150)
(1,730)
(995)

(11,966)
3,426

(8,540)

(29,197)

(23,603)

2007
£000’s

–
653
958
3,885

5,496

(14,915)
–
(27)
(578)
(1,114)
–
(1,603)

(1,826)
1,636

(190)

(18,427)

(12,931)

The foreign exchange loss on tax equalisation contracts of £11,966,000 relates to foreign exchange losses on hedges on intra-
group  financing  (2007:  £1,826,000).  This  foreign  exchange  loss  is  matched  by  an  equal  and  opposite  tax  credit.  The  foreign
exchange loss and the tax credit are excluded from underlying profit and the underlying tax expense (note 8).

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

61

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 62

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

8

Tax on profit on ordinary activities

Current tax expense
UK corporation tax
Foreign tax
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Deferred tax (credit)/expense
Current year
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total tax (credit)/expense in income statement

2008
£000’s

860
5,265
(2,234)

3,891

(9,858)
(1,312)

(11,170)

(7,279)

2007
£000’s

4,946
6,343
494

11,783

(4,031)
471

(3,560)

8,223

The effective rate of tax for the year is a credit of 19% (2007: expense at 20%). The underlying tax rate for 2008 is 27% as set
out below:

Reconciliation of tax (credit)/expense in income statement to underlying tax expense
Total tax (credit)/expense in income statement

Add back:

Tax on intangible amortisation
Tax on exceptional items
Tax credit on foreign exchange loss on tax equalisation swap
Tax deduction on US goodwill
Tax adjustments in respect of prior years
Tax credit on non-recurring intergroup transactions
Deferred tax asset recognition

Underlying tax expense

Underlying profit before tax (refer to the appendix to the Chairman’s statement)
Underlying effective tax rate

2008
£000’s

(7,279)

6,950
1,181
11,966
(3,376)
3,546
–
5,358

25,625

18,346

67,343
27%

2007
£000’s

8,223

4,926
(1,095)
1,826
(1,491)
(965)
2,588
3,178

8,967

17,190

55,533
31%

Following a reassessment of the recoverability of the potential deferred tax asset on overseas tax losses and other short-term timing
differences, an additional asset of £5,358,000 (2007: £3,178,000) has been recognised.

A credit of £11,966,000 relating to tax on foreign exchange losses (2007: £1,826,000) has been treated as exceptional as it is
hedged by £11,966,000 (2007: £1,826,000) of foreign exchange losses on tax equalisation contracts included within net finance
costs (note 7).

The group presents the above underlying effective tax rate to help users of this report better understand its tax charge. In this year
the group has removed all deferred tax effects of its goodwill and intangibles from the calculation of its underlying effective tax
rate. This is because in the directors’ opinion the resulting underlying effective tax rate is more representative of the group’s long-
term tax position.

62

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 63

Tax on profit on ordinary activities continued

8
The  actual  tax  credit/(expense)  for  the  year  is  different  from  29%  of  profit  before  tax  for  the  reasons  set  out  in  the  following
reconciliation:

Profit before tax

Tax at 29%
Factors affecting tax charge:

Rates of tax on overseas profits
Joint venture and associate income reported net of tax
US State taxes
Goodwill and intangibles
Disallowable expenditure
Tax effects of intra-group transactions eliminated on consolidation
Recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses
Recognition of previously unrecognised deferred tax
Gains on disposal covered by brought forward losses
Deferred tax (credit)/charge arising from changes in tax laws
Prior year adjustments

Total tax (credit)/expense for the year

9 Dividends

Amounts recognisable as distributable to equity holders in period
Final dividend for the year ended September 30 2007 of 13.0p (2006: 11.6p)
Interim dividend for year ended September 30 2008 of 6.25p (2007: 6.0p)

Employees’ Share Ownership Trust dividend

Proposed final dividend for the period ended September 30
Employees’ Share Ownership Trust dividend

2008
£000’s

37,426

10,854

224
(89)
1,134
(69)
2,559
(8,567)
(2,855)
(2,503)
(960)
(3,461)
(3,546)

(7,279)

2008
£000’s

13,388
6,573

19,961
(11)

19,950

13,689
(8)

13,681

2007
£000’s

41,128

12,338

463
(147)
615
(1,201)
689
(3,901)
(1,890)
–
–
292
965

8,223

2007
£000’s

11,943
6,177

18,120
(10)

18,110

13,386
(8)

13,378

The proposed final dividend of 13.0p (2007: 13.0p) is subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting on January 28 2009 and
has not been included as a liability in these financial statements in accordance with IAS 10 ‘Events after the balance sheet date’.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

63

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 64

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

10 Earnings per share

Earnings attributable to equity holders of the parent
Less earnings from discontinued operations

Basic earnings – continuing operations

Intangible amortisation
Exceptional items
Imputed interest on acquisition option commitments
Net movements in acquisition option commitment values
Tax on above adjustments
Tax deduction on US goodwill
Tax adjustment in respect of prior years
Tax credit on non-recurring intergroup transactions
Deferred tax assets recognition

Adjusted earnings

Basic earnings – continuing and discontinued operations

Weighted average number of shares
Shares held by the Employees’ Share Ownership Trust

Effect of dilutive share options

Diluted weighted average number of shares

Basic earnings per share – continuing operations
Effect of dilutive share options

Diluted earnings per share – continuing operations

Effect of intangible amortisation
Effect of exceptional items
Effect of imputed interest on acquisition option commitments
Effect of net movements in acquisition option commitment values
Effect of tax on the above adjustments
Effect of tax deduction on US goodwill
Effect of tax adjustment in respect of prior years
Effect of tax credit on non-recurring intergroup transactions
Effect of deferred tax assets recognition

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

Basic earnings per share – continuing and discontinued operations
Effect of dilutive share options

Diluted earnings per share – continuing and discontinued operations

2008
£000’s

43,719
(245)

43,474

12,749
2,477
995
1,730
(8,131)
3,376
(3,546)
–
(5,358)

47,766

43,719

Number
000’s

104,348
(59)

104,289
3,398

107,687

2007
£000’s

31,822
(500)

31,322

15,716
(855)
1,603
(3,885)
(3,831)
1,491
965
(2,588)
(3,178)

36,760

31,822

Number
000’s

102,196
(59)

102,137
2,752

104,889

Pence 
per share

Pence 
per share

41.69
(1.32)

40.37

11.84
2.30
0.92
1.61
(7.55)
3.14
(3.29)
–
(4.98)

44.36

41.92
(1.32)

40.60

30.66
(0.80)

29.86

14.98
(0.82)
1.53
(3.70)
(3.65)
1.42
0.92
(2.47)
(3.03)

35.04

31.16
(0.82)

30.34

The  adjusted  diluted  earnings  per  share  figure  has  been  disclosed  since  the  directors  consider  it  to  give  a  more  meaningful
indication of the underlying trading performance. The September 2007 adjustments to earnings have been aligned with those
made at September 2008 for comparability purposes.

64

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 65

11 Goodwill and other intangibles

Intangibles
acquired on
acquisition
2008
£000’s

Licenses &
software
2008
£000’s

Cost/carrying amount
At October 1
Additions
Acquisitions (note 14)
Disposals
Exchange differences

At September 30

Amortisation and impairment
At October 1
Amortisation charge for the year
Impairment losses
Disposals
Exchange differences

At September 30

Net book value/carrying

146,958
–
4,125
–
14,594

165,677

15,473
12,749
–
–
2,362

30,584

1,414
156
–
–
168

1,738

1,014
207
–
–
128

1,349

Intangibles 
acquired on 
acquisition
2007
£000’s

2,770
–
152,661

(8,473)

Goodwill
2008
£000’s

248,656
–
5,037
––
24,658

278,351

146,958

519
–
5,736
––
–

6,255

144
15,716
–

(387)

Licenses & 
software
2007
£000’s

1,295
112
71
(7)
(57)

1,414

775
289
–
(7)
(43)

15,473

1,014

Goodwill
2007
£000’s

68,971
–
196,006
(1,871)
(14,450)

248,656

519
–
–
–
–

519

amount at September 30

135,093

389

272,096

131,485

400

248,137

The carrying amounts of goodwill by business are as follows:

CEIC
Internet Securities 
MIS
Petroleum Economist
Gulf Publishing
HedgeFund Intelligence
Information Management Network
MAR
BCA
Metal Bulletin publishing businesses
FOW
Total Derivatives
TelCap
Asia Business Forum
Benchmark Financials
Other

Total

2008
£000’s

11,799
5,180
2,310
236
4,279
14,718
33,615
168
129,715
52,710
196
5,698
5,140
5,911
413
8

272,096

2007
£000’s

10,385
4,037
2,022
236
3,744
14,718
31,992
160
113,487
55,494
196
3,761
2,917
4,980
–
8

248,137

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash generating units (businesses) that are expected
to benefit from that business combination.

During the year the goodwill in respect of each of the above businesses was tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36
‘Impairment of assets’. As a result of the review this year, the group impaired capitalised goodwill by £2,952,000.

The key assumptions reflecting past experience and external sources of information in the value in use calculations were:
● Forecasts  by  business  based  on  pre-tax  cash  flows  derived  from  approved  budgets  for  2009.  Management  believe  these

budgets to be reasonably achievable;

● Subsequent cash flows for between one and three additional years were increased in line with growth expectations of the

applicable business;

● The pre-tax discount rate used was 9.1%, reflecting the companies weighted average cost of capital; and
● Long term growth rate assumed to be 3%.

At  September  30  2008,  the  group  re-assessed  the  recoverability  of  tax  losses  acquired  with  Metal  Bulletin  and  as  a  result
recognised  a  deferred  tax  asset  of  £2,784,000.  In  accordance  with  IAS  12  ‘Income  taxes’  the  group  is  required  to  reduce  its
previously capitalised goodwill to offset the recognition of this deferred tax asset.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

65

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 66

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

12 Property, plant and equipment

2008
Cost
At October 1 2007
Additions
Acquisitions (note 14)
Disposals
Exchange differences

At September 30 2008

Depreciation
At October 1 2007
Charge for the year
Disposals
Exchange differences

At September 30 2008
Net book value at

September 30 2008

Net book value at

September 30 2007

2007
Cost
At October 1 2006
Additions
Acquisitions  
Disposals
Exchange differences

At September 30 2007

Depreciation
At October 1 2006
Charge for the year
Disposals
Exchange differences

At September 30 2007
Net book value at

September 30 2007

Net book value at

September 30 2006

Freehold
land and
buildings
2008
£000’s

Long-term 
leasehold 
premises
2008
£000’s

Short-term 
leasehold 
premises
2008
£000’s

Office 
equipment
2008
£000’s

Motor 
vehicles
2008
£000’s

5,045
2,457
–
(1,145)
–

6,357

19
58
(40)
–

37

2,685
–
–
–
16

2,701

214
38
–
6

258

14,088
390
–
–
648

15,126

4,270
979
(8)
263

5,504

15,505
1,393
3
(802)
1,241

17,340

11,903
1,684
(715)
1,192

14,064

6,320

2,443

9,622

3,276

5,026

2,471

9,818

3,602

Freehold
land and
buildings
2007
£000’s

–
3,899
1,543
(397)
–

5,045

–
19
–
–

19

Long-term
leasehold
premises
2007
£000’s

2,575
–
114
–
(4)

2,685

159
55
–
–

214

Short-term
leasehold
premises
2007
£000’s

12,837
2,373
206
(981)
(347)

Office 
equipment
2007
£000’s

15,592
1,617
874
(1,902)
(676)

14,088

15,505

4,087
873
(564)
(126)

4,270

12,115
1,638
(1,274)
(576)

11,903

5,026

2,471

9,818

3,602

–

2,416

8,750

3,477

7
–
–
–
1

8

7
–
–
1

8

–

–

Motor 
vehicles
2007
£000’s

36
–
–
(29)
–

7

36
–
(29)
–

7

–

–

Total 
2008
£000’s

37,330
4,240
3
(1,947)
1,906

41,532

16,413
2,759
(763)
1,462

19,871

21,661

20,917

Total
2007
£000’s

31,040
7,889
2,737
(3,309)
(1,027)

37,330

16,397
2,585
(1,867)
(702)

16,413

20,917

14,643

The directors do not consider the market value of freehold land and buildings to be significantly different from its book value.

66

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 67

13 Investments

2008
At October 1 2007
Share of profits retained
Dividends

At September 30 2008

2007
At October 1 2006
Additions
Share of profits retained
Increase in fair value
Transfer to subsidiaries
Dividends
Provision

At September 30 2007

Investments in
associated
undertakings
£000’s

Investments in 
joint 
ventures
£000’s

Available 
for sale 
investments
£000’s

Trade 
investment
£000’s

252
308
(257)

303

–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

Investments in
associated
undertakings
£000’s

Investments in 
joint 
ventures
£000’s

Available 
for sale 
investments
£000’s

Trade 
investment
£000’s

1,944
6
425
–
(1,775)
(348)
–

252

3,743
–
65
–
(3,510)
(298)
–

–

20,145
–
–
(405)
(19,740)
–
–

–

14
–
–
–
–
–
(14)

–

Total 
£000’s

252
308
(257)

303

Total 
£000’s

25,846
6
490
(405)
(25,025)
(646)
(14)

252

Associated undertakings
The associated undertaking at September 30 2008 was Capital NET Limited whose principal activity is the provision of electronic
database services. The group has a 48.4% (2007: 48.4%) interest in Capital NET Limited. 

Capital NET Limited does not have a coterminous year end with the group. The total assets, liabilities, revenues and profit after tax
generated by Capital NET Limited from its latest available audited accounts at December 31 are set out below. 

Total assets
Total liabilities
Total revenues
Profit after tax

Associates
2008
£000’s

645
(222)
2,202
587

Associates
2007
£000’s

639
(273)
2,265
682

Trade investments
The group has a 50% interest in Capital DATA Limited. The ordinary share capital of Capital DATA is divided into 50 ‘A’ shares and
50 ‘B’ shares with the group owning the 50 ‘A’ shares. Under the terms of the Articles of Association of Capital DATA, the ‘A’
shares held by the group do not carry entitlement to any share of dividends or other distribution of profits of Capital DATA. The
group does not have the ability to exercise significant influence nor is it involved in the day to day running of Capital DATA. As
such the investment of £14,000 in Capital DATA is accounted for as a trade investment. As at September 30 2008 this balance
has  been  fully  provided  for.  The  group  is  entitled  to  28.2%  of  Capital  DATA’s  revenues  being  £3,440,000  in  the  year
(2007: £3,141,000). At December 31 2007, based on its latest available audited accounts, Capital DATA Limited had £1,103,000
of  issued  share  capital  and  reserves  (December  31  2006:  £787,000),  and  its  profit  for  the  year  then  ended  was  £1,808,000.
(December 31 2006: £581,000).

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

67

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 68

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

13 Investments continued
Details  of  the  company  and  its  principal  subsidiary  undertakings  included  in  these  consolidated  financial  statements  at
September 30 2008 are as follows:

Company

Proportion 
held

Principal activity 
and operation

Country of
incorporation

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

n/a

Publishing, training and events

Great Britain

Direct investments
Adhesion (UK) Limited
Coaltrans Conferences Limited
EII US, Inc
Euromoney Funding US Limited
Euromoney Hedging Limited
Euromoney Institutional Investor (Jersey) Limited
Euromoney Lending (UK) Limited
Euromoney Publications (Jersey) Limited
Glenprint Limited
HedgeFund Intelligence Limited
The Petroleum Economist Limited
Tipall Limited
World Link Publications Limited

Indirect investments
Adhesion et Associes SA
American Metal Market, LLC
AMM Marketwatch, LLC
Asia Business Forum (Singapore) Pte Limited
BCA Research, Inc
Benchmark Financials Limited
Business Conventions Internationale
Carlcroft Limited
CEIC Holdings Limited
EII Holdings, Inc.
Euromoney Buffalo 1 Limited
Euromoney Buffalo 2 Limited
Euromoney (Singapore) Pte Limited
Euromoney Funding (UK) Limited
Euromoney Institutional Investor (Ventures) Limited
Euromoney Jersey (Finance) Limited
Euromoney Publications (Overseas) Limited
Euromoney Training, Inc.
Euromoney US Holdings LP
Euromoney Yen Finance Limited
Euromoney, Inc.
GSCS Benchmarks Limited
Gulf Publishing Company
Information Management Network, Inc.
Institutional Investor, Inc.
Internet Securities, Inc.
Latin American Financial Publications, Inc.
Managed Account Reports, LLC
MB Marketwatch Limited
Metal Bulletin Billericay Limited
Metal Bulletin Canada, Inc.
Metal Bulletin Holdings Corporation
Metal Bulletin Investments Limited
Metal Bulletin Limited
MIS Training (UK) Limited
Sea.Net Limited
Storas Holdings Pte Limited
TelCap Limited
Total Derivatives Limited

Associates
Capital NET Limited

100%
95%
100%
100%
100%
100%†
100%
100%^
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%
100%
100%
90%
100%
51%
100%
100%
100%
100%*
100%*
100%*
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
80%
100%
94%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
90%
70%
78%

Conventions
Conferences
Investment holding company
Investment holding company
Investment company
Publishing
Investment holding company
Non-trading
Publishing
Publishing
Publishing
Property holding
Non-trading

Conventions
Publishing
Information Services
Conferences
Information Services
Information Services
Conventions
Publishing
Information Services
Holding company
Investment holding company
Investment holding company
Training
Investment holding company
Investment holding company
Non-trading
Dormant
Training
Dormant
Investment company
Training
Publishing
Publishing
Conferences
Publishing
Information Services
Publishing
Non-trading
Information Services
Dormant
Investment holding company
Investment holding company
Investment holding company
Publishing
Training
Non-trading
Investment holding company
Publishing
Publishing

Great Britain
Great Britain
US
Great Britain
Great Britain
Jersey
Great Britain
Jersey
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain

France
US
US
Singapore
Canada
Columbia
France
Great Britain
Hong Kong
US
Great Britain
Great Britain
Singapore
Great Britain
Great Britain
Jersey
Great Britain
US
US
Great Britain
US
Great Britain
US
US
US
US
US
US
Great Britain
Great Britain
Canada
US
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Singapore
Great Britain
Great Britain

48%

Databases

Great Britain

All holdings are of ordinary shares.
In addition to the above, the group has a small number of branches outside the United Kingdom.

* 100% preference shares held in addition.
† Euromoney Institutional Investor (Jersey) Limited’s principal country of operation is Hong Kong.
^ Euromoney Publications (Jersey) Limited’s principal country of operation is Great Britain.

68

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 69

14 Acquisitions
Purchase of new businesses
In May 2008, the group, through Internet Securities, Inc. (ISI), acquired a 51% interest in Benchmark Financials Limited (BPR) for
an  initial  consideration  of  $1,116,000  (£563,000).  BPR  is  one  of  the  leading  providers  of  company  financial  data,  analysis  and
business credit ratings for Colombian companies, through its BPR Benchmark product, and will be integrated with ISI’s Emerging
Markets Information Service. ISI expects to acquire the remaining 49% stake in the business by December 2012. The total cost of
the transaction is subject to a maximum consideration of $8,000,000 (£4,000,000). 

BPR  contributed  £185,000  to  the  group’s  revenue,  £56,000  to  the  group’s  operating  profit  and  £57,000  to  the  group’s  profit
before tax for the period between the date of acquisition and September 30 2008.

Increase in equity holdings
In January 2008, the group exercised its option to purchase the second tranche (10.85%) of Total Derivatives Limited increasing
its equity holding from 67.45% to 78.3%. The equity was purchased for £2,611,000 resulting in additional provisional goodwill
of £1,937,000 and bringing total goodwill to £5,698,000.

In  February  2008,  the  group  purchased  a  further  15%  of  the  equity  share  capital  of  TelCap  Limited  for  a  cash  consideration
of  £2,492,000  paid  in  March  2008  and  resulting  in  additional  provisional  goodwill  of  £2,223,000  bringing  total  goodwill  to
£5,140,000. The group’s equity shareholding in TelCap Limited increased to 70%.

Also in February 2008, the group purchased a further 0.5% of the equity share capital of ISI for a cash consideration of $1,779,000
(£894,000) resulting in additional provisional goodwill of £505,000 bringing the total goodwill to $9,233,000 (£5,180,000). The
group’s equity shareholding in ISI increased to 93.85%.

Book value

Intangible assets
Cash
Other assets
Liabilities

Total

Provisional fair value adjustments

Intangible assets
Deferred tax

Provisional fair value of net assets

Net assets acquired

%
£’000

Provisional goodwill

Consideration (satisfied by cash)

BPR
£000’s

Total 
Derivatives
£000’s

–
7
79
(24)

62

468
(155)

313
375

51%
191

372

563

5,256
2,823
511
(4,339)

4,251

2,718
(761)

1,957
6,208

10.85%
674

1,937

2,611

TelCap
£000’s

1,530
337
910
(1,661)

1,116

939
(263)

676
1,792

15%
269

2,223

2,492

If the acquisitions in the table above had been completed on the first day of the financial year, group revenues for the period would
have been £191,000 higher and group profit attributable to equity holders of the parent would have been £87,000 higher.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

69

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 70

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

15 Disposals and discontinued operations
Disposals
In  May  2008,  the  group  sold  its  15%  interest  in  LAMP  Technologies  LLC,  a  provider  of  back  office  services  to  the  hedge  fund
industry, for £1,589,000 resulting in a profit on sale of £1,589,000. The sale does not result in a tax charge.

Discontinued operations
In December 2007 the group received a final payment of £220,000 from the sale of Energy Information Centre Limited, following
agreement of their completion accounts. There is no related tax charge. Energy Information Centre Limited was sold in April 2007
and was treated as a discontinued operation up to that date. 

In May 2008 the group received a final payment of £25,000 from the sale of the business and assets of Systematics International
Limited,  following  agreement  of  their  completion  accounts.  There  is  no  related  tax  charge.  The  business  and  net  assets  of
Systematics International Limited was sold in May 2007 and was treated as a discontinued operation up to that date.

The group’s income statement includes the following results from discontinued operations:

Revenue
Expenses

Profit before tax
Tax

Profit after tax

Profit on disposal of discontinued operations

16 Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year
Trade receivables
Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables

Trade receivables – net of provision
Other debtors
Prepayments and accrued income

2008
£000’s

–
–

–
–

–

245

2008
£000’s

56,286
(6,593)

49,693
11,689
7,759

69,141

2007
£000’s

5,000
(4,115)

885
(385)

500

–

2007
£000’s

55,152
(4,287)

50,865
8,406
8,187

67,458

The average credit period on sales of goods and services is 30 days. 

Trade receivables beyond 60 days over due are provided for based on estimated irrecoverable amounts from the sale of goods and
services, determined by reference to past default experience.

Credit terms for customers are determined in individual territories. Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables is
limited due to the group’s customer base being large and diverse. Due to this, management believe there is no further credit risk
provision required in excess of the normal provision for doubtful receivables. There are no customers who represent more than 5%
of the total balance of trade receivables. 

As at September 30 2008, trade receivables of £29,487,000 (2007: £27,992,000) were not yet due.

70

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 71

16 Trade and other receivables continued
As of September 30 2008, trade receivables of £17,625,000 (2007: £22,846,000) were past due for which the group has not
provided as there has not been a significant change in credit quality and the amounts are still considered recoverable. These relate
to a number of independent customers for whom there is no recent history of default. The average age of these receivables is
71  days  (2007:  85  days).  The  group  does  not  hold  any  collateral  over  these  balances.  The  ageing  of  these  trade  receivables  is
as follows:

Past due less than a month
Past due more than a month but less than two months
Past due more than two months but less than three months
Past due more than three months

2008
£000’s

9,276
3,487
2,780
2,082

2007
£000’s

8,932
4,116
3,128
6,670

17,625

22,846

As at September 30 2008, trade receivables of £9,174,000 (2007: £4,314,000) were impaired and provided for. The amount of
the provision was £6,593,000 (2007: £4,287,000). It was assessed that a portion of the receivables is expected to be recovered.
The ageing of these receivables is as follows:

Past due less than a month
Past due more than a month but less than two months
Past due more than two months but less than three months
Past due more than three months

Movements on the group provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:

At October 1
Impairment losses recognised
Impairment losses reversed
Amounts written off as uncollectible
Fair values at acquisition
Balance at disposal of business
Exchange differences

At September 30

2008
£000’s

346
541
663
7,624

9,174

2008
£000’s

(4,287)
(3,662)
758
783
–
–
(185)

(6,593)

2007
£000’s

229
45
89
3,951

4,314

2007
£000’s

(3,849)
(2,525)
1,493
741
(315)
22
146

(4,287)

In determining the recoverability of a trade receivable, the group considers any change in the credit quality of the trade receivable
from the date credit was initially granted up to the reporting date. The concentration of credit risk is limited due to the customer
base being large and unrelated. Accordingly, the directors believe that there is no further credit provision required in excess of the
allowance for doubtful debts. 

The allowance for doubtful debts does not include individually impaired trade receivables which have been placed under liquidation
as these trade receivables are written off directly to the income statement.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

71

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 72

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

17 Trade and other payables

Trade creditors
Amounts owed to DMGT group undertakings
Other creditors

2008
£000’s

5,489
3,271
21,859

30,619

2007
£000’s

3,999
4,142
20,850

28,991

The  directors  consider  the  carrying  amount  of  trade  and  other  payables  approximates  their  fair  values.  Management  have
reclassified  certain  provisions  previously  included  within  trade  and  other  payables  to  provisions  (note  20)  to  better  reflect
the  classification  of  the  creditor.  The  provision  consists  of  social  security  arising  on  share  option  liabilities  and  dilapidations  on
leasehold properties. 

18 Financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments
The derivative financial assets/(liabilities) at September 30 comprised:

Current
Interest rate swaps
Forward foreign exchange contracts – fair value through

profit and loss

Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedge
Forward foreign exchange contracts – net investment hedge

Non-current
Interest rate swaps
Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedge

2008

2007

Assets
£000’s

108

138
1,205
–

1,451

189
179

368

Liabilities
£000’s

(189)

(9,410)
(4,707)
(859)

(15,165)

(3,018)
(6,755)

(9,773)

1,819

(24,938)

Assets
£000’s

135

762
3,490
–

4,387

459
4,629

5,088

9,475

Liabilities
£000’s

(56)

–
(549)
–

(605)

(1,134)
(239)

(1,373)

(1,978)

The presentation of the group’s derivative financial instruments have been reclassified to better reflect the contractual maturity of
it’s derivative assets and liabilities. As a result the comparative split of derivative assets and liabilities have been restated.

Financial risk management objectives
Full  details  of  the  objectives,  policies  and  strategies  pursued  by  the  group  in  relation  to  financial  instruments  are  set  out  on
pages 51 and 52 of the accounting policies and page 55 of the key judgemental areas. In summary, the group’s tax and treasury
committee normally meets twice a year and is responsible for recommending policy to the board. The group’s treasury policies are
directed to giving greater certainty of future costs and revenues and ensuring that the group has adequate liquidity for working
capital and debt capacity for funding acquisitions.

The treasury department does not act as a profit centre, nor does it undertake any speculative trading activity and it operates within
policies and procedures approved by the board.

Interest rate swaps are used to manage the group’s exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on its floating rate borrowings. Further
details are set out in the interest rate risk section on pages 75 and 76.

Forward contracts are used to manage the group’s exposure to fluctuations in exchange rate movements. Further details are set
out in the foreign exchange rate risk section on page 74.

72

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 73

18 Financial instruments continued
Capital risk management
The  group  manages  its  capital  to  ensure  that  entities  in  the  group  will  be  able  to  continue  as  a  going  concern  while
maximising  the  return  to  stakeholders  through  the  optimisation  of  the  debt  and  equity  balance.  The  group’s  overall  strategy
remains unchanged from 2007. 

The capital structure of the group consists of debt, which includes the borrowings disclosed in note 19, cash and cash equivalents
and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings as disclosed in
notes 22 and 24 respectively.

Net debt to EBITDA* ratio
The group’s tax and treasury committee reviews the capital structure at least twice a year. As part of the debt commitments under
the loan facility provided by Daily Mail and General Trust plc (DMGT), the board has to ensure that net debt to EBITDA does not
exceed 5 times in 2008 and 4 times thereafter. The group expects to remain within these limits.

The net debt to EBITDA* ratio at September 30 is as follows: 

Committed loan facility
Loan notes

Total debt
Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

EBITDA*

Net debt to EBITDA* ratio

2008
£000’s

(184,594)
(7,579)

(192,173)
20,179

2007
£000’s

(213,559)
(11,796)

(225,355)
20,776

(171,994)

(204,579)

79,221

2.17

71,794

2.85

* EBITDA = earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and also before exceptional items but after the share option expense.

Categories of financial instruments
The group’s financial assets and liabilities at September 30 are as follows:

Financial assets
Derivative instruments – fair value through profit and loss
Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships
Loans and receivables (including cash and cash equivalents)

Financial liabilities
Derivative instruments – fair value through profit and loss
Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships
Acquisition option commitments
Loans and payables (including overdrafts)

2008
£000’s

138
1,681
239,743

241,562

(9,410)
(15,528)
(29,848)
(429,612)

2007
£000’s

762
8,713
88,446

97,921

–
(1,978)
(33,335)
(303,705)

(484,398)

(339,018)

Market price risk
Market price risk is the possibility that changes in currency exchange rates, interest rates or commodity prices will adversely affect
the value of the group’s financial assets, liabilities or expected future cash flows. The group’s primary market risks are interest rate
fluctuations and exchange rate movements. Derivatives are used to hedge or reduce the risks of interest rate and exchange rate
movements and are not entered into unless such risks exist. Derivatives used by the group for hedging a particular risk are not
specialised and are generally available from numerous sources. The fair values of interest rate swaps, currency options and forward
exchange contracts are set out in this note and represent the replacement costs calculated using the market rates of interest and
exchange at September 30 2008. The group has no other material market price risks.

Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis.

There has been no change to the group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risks
during the year.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

73

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 74

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

18 Financial instruments continued
Foreign exchange rate risk
The group is exposed to foreign exchange risk in the form of transactions in foreign currencies entered into by group companies
and by the translation of the results of foreign subsidiaries into sterling for reporting purposes. 

The group does not hedge the translation of the results of foreign subsidiaries. Consequently, fluctuations in the value of sterling
versus other currencies could materially affect the translation of these results in the consolidated financial statements. The group
endeavours to match foreign currency borrowings to investments in order to provide a natural hedge for the translation of the net
assets  of  overseas  subsidiaries  with  the  related  foreign  currency  interest  cost  arising  from  these  borrowings  providing  a  partial
hedge against the translation of foreign currency profits.

The  group’s  principal  foreign  exchange  exposure  is  to  US  Dollar.  The  carrying  amounts  of  the  group’s  US  Dollar  denominated
monetary assets and monetary liabilities at the reporting date are as follows:

Liabilities

Assets

2008
£000’s

2007
£000’s

2008
£000’s

2007
£000’s

US Dollar

(319,647)

(251,450)

412,386

325,632

Approximately 60% of the group’s revenues are in US dollars. At a group level a series of US dollar forward contracts are put in
place up to 48 months forward partially to hedge its dollar revenues into sterling. The timing and value of these forward contracts
are based on managements estimate of its future US dollar revenues over a 48-month period and is regularly reviewed and revised
with any changes in estimates resulting in either additional forward contracts being taken out or existing contracts’ maturity dates
being moved forward or back. The group also has a significant operation in Canada whose revenues are mainly in US dollars. At
a group level a series of US dollar forward contracts is put in place up to 48 months forward to hedge the operation’s Canadian
cost base. In addition, each subsidiary is encouraged to invoice sales in its local functional currency where possible. 

Forward exchange contracts are gross settled at maturity.

The following table details the group’s sensitivity to a 10% increase and decrease in sterling against US Dollar. A 10% sensitivity
has been determined by the board as the sensitivity rate appropriate when reporting an estimated foreign currency risk internally
and represents management’s assessment of a reasonably possible change in foreign exchange rates at the reporting date.

The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the
period end for a 10% change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity analysis includes external loans as well as loans to foreign
operations within the group where the denomination of the loan is in a currency other than the currency of the lender or the
borrower. Where sterling strengthens 10% against the relevant currency a positive number below indicates an increase in profit
and equity. For a 10% weakening of sterling against the relevant currency, there would be an equal and opposite impact on the
profit and other equity, and the balances below would be negative.

Impact of 10% strengthening of sterling against US Dollar

Change in profit for the year in income statement
Change in equity

2008
£000’s

(1,652)
606

2007
£000’s

(1,217)
(15)

The  increase  in  the  change  in  the  loss  from  the  sensitivity  analysis  is  due  to  the  increase  of  US  Dollar  working  capital.  The
reduction in the loss in equity from the sensitivity analysis is due to the increase of net investment value in US Dollar companies
and derivatives.

In management’s opinion, the sensitivity analysis is unrepresentative of the inherent foreign exchange risk as the year-end exposure
does not reflect the exposure during the year. US Dollar denominated sales are seasonal with higher volumes in September than
the average for the financial year resulting in increased receivables at year-end.

Forward foreign exchange contracts
It  is  the  policy  of  the  group  to  enter  into  forward  foreign  exchange  contracts  to  cover  specific  foreign  currency  payments  and
receipts. These are entered into up to 48 months forward. 

The group has designated certain forward contracts as a hedge of its net investment in US subsidiaries which have US Dollar as
their functional currency.

74

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 75

18 Financial instruments continued

Cash Flow Hedges
Sell USD buy GBP
Less than a year
More than a year but less than

Average exchange rate

2008

2007

Foreign currency
2007
2008
USD 000’s USD 000’s

Contract value
2008
£000’s

2007
£000’s

Fair value

2008
£000’s

2007
£000’s

1.894

1.967

88,225

101,050

46,587

51,362

(2,961)

1,764

two years

1.895

1.866

61,150

49,225

32,267

26,375

(2,559)

2,215

More than two year but less than

three years

1.922

1.934

46,500

32,150

24,195

16,625

(2,365)

845

More than three years but less than

four years

1.847

1.961

34,000

26,500

18,408

13,513

(1,183)

506

Sell USD buy CAD†
Less than a year
More than a year but less than

1.032

1.093

36,500

24,900

19,872

13,439

(541)

1,217

two years

1.035

1.072

24,500

9,000

13,381

4,767

(268)

350

More than two year but less than

three years

1.036

1.087

10,500

6,500

5,739

3,489

(88)

299

More than three years but less than

four years

1.030

1.036

13,500

6,500

7,337

3,325

(113)

135

Net Investment hedge
Sell USD buy GBP
Less than a year

Fair value through profit and loss
Buy JPY
Less than a year

1.899

–

25,000

–

13,163

–

(859)

–

JPY 000’s

JPY 000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

188.301* 110.750‡ 11,847,350 12,683,869

53,507

56,212

(9,272)

95

† Rate used for conversion from CAD to GBP is 1.8951 (2007: 2.0246)
* In 2008 this represents outstanding foreign currency contracts to buy JPY and GBP
‡ In 2007 this represents outstanding foreign currency contracts to buy JPY and sell USD. Rate used for conversion from USD to GBP is 1.7825 (2007: 2.0374)

As at September 30 2008, the aggregate amount of unrealised losses under forward foreign exchange contracts deferred in the
fair value reserve relating to future revenue transactions is £10,078,000 (2007: unrealised gains of £7,331,000). It is anticipated
that the transactions will take place over the next 48 months at which stage the amount deferred in equity will be released in the
income statement.

As at September 30 2008 there were no ineffective cashflow or net investment hedges recognised in the income statement.

Interest rate risks
The group’s borrowings are in both sterling and US dollars with the related interest tied to US and UK LIBOR. This results in the
group’s interest charge being at risk to fluctuations in interest rates. It is the group’s policy to hedge approximately 80% of its interest
exposure, converting its floating rate debt into fixed debt by means of interest rate swaps. The maturity dates are spread in order
to avoid interest rate basis risk and also to negate short-term changes in interest rates. The predictability of interest costs is deemed
to be more important than the possible opportunity cost foregone of achieving lower interest rates and this hedging strategy has
the effect of spreading the group’s exposure to fluctuations arising from changes in interest rates and hence protects the group’s
interest charge against sudden increases in rates but also prevents the group from benefitting immediately from falls in rates. 

The group’s exposures to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities are detailed in the liquidity risk section on page 77.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

75

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 76

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

18 Financial instruments continued
Interest rate sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity analysis below has been determined based on the exposure to interest rates for both derivative and non-derivative
instruments  at  the  balance  sheet  date.  For  floating  rate  liabilities,  the  analysis  is  prepared  assuming  the  amount  of  liability
outstanding at the balance sheet date was outstanding for the whole year. A 100 basis point increase or decrease is used when
reporting  interest  rate  risk  internally  to  key  management  personnel  and  represents  management’s  assessment  of  a  reasonably
possible change in interest rates at the reporting date.

If interest rates had been 100 basis points higher or lower and all other variables were held constant, the group’s:

● Profit  for  the  year  ended  September  30  2008  would  decrease  or  increase  by  £420,000  (2007:  £365,000).  This  is  mainly

attributable to the group’s exposure to interest rates on its variable rate borrowings; and

● Other equity reserves would decrease or increase by £3,617,000 (2007: £3,736,000) mainly as a result of the changes in the

fair value of interest rate swaps.

The group’s sensitivity to interest rates has not materially changed during the period mainly due to similar levels of fixed rates.

Interest rate swap contracts
Under interest rate swap contracts, the group agrees to exchange the difference between fixed and floating rate interest amounts
calculated on agreed notional principal amounts. Such contracts enable the group to mitigate the risk of changing interest rates
on the fair value of issued fixed rate debt and the cash flow exposures on the issued variable rate debt. The fair value of interest
rate swaps at the reporting date is determined by discounting the future cash flows using the discount curves at reporting date
and the credit risk inherent in the contract, and is disclosed below.

The average interest rate is based on the outstanding balances at the end of the financial year.

The following table details the notional principal amounts and remaining terms of interest rate swap contracts outstanding as at
the reporting date:

Cash flow hedges
US Dollar: Receive floating pay fixed

Average contracted
fixed interest rate

Notional
principal amount

Fair value

2008
%

4.08
4.81
4.77
–

2007
%

4.33
4.08
4.88
5.42

2008
£000’s

30,856
30,856
47,686
–

2007
£000’s

24,541
26,995
41,719
9,816

Average contracted
fixed interest rate

Notional
principal amount

2008
%

5.61
5.73
5.61
–

2007
%

5.94
5.61
5.65
6.20

2008
£000’s

14,000
15,000
22,000
–

2007
£000’s

14,000
14,000
32,000
5,000

2008
£000’s

(182)
(866)
(1,745)
–

2008
£000’s

100
23
(240)
–

Fair value

2007
£000’s

72
196
(405)
(312)

2007
£000’s

6
34
(41)
(146)

Less than 1 year
1 to 2 years
2 to 5 years
over 5 years

GBP: Receive floating pay fixed

Less than 1 year
1 to 2 years
2 to 5 years
over 5 years

The interest rate swaps settle on a quarterly basis. The floating rate on the interest rate swaps is LIBOR. The group will settle the
difference between the fixed and floating interest rate on a net basis. All interest rate swap contracts exchanging floating rate
interest  amounts  for  fixed  rate  interest  amounts  are  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  in  order  to  reduce  the  group’s  cash  flow
exposure resulting from variable interest rates on borrowings. The interest rate swaps and the interest payments on the loan occur
simultaneously and the amount deferred in equity is recognised in the income statement over the period that the floating rate
interest payments on debt impact the income statement.

76

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 77

18 Financial instruments continued
Credit Risk 
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the group.
The group seeks to limit interest rate and foreign currency risks described above by the use of financial instruments and as a result
has a credit risk from the potential non-performance by the counterparties to these financial instruments, which are unsecured.
The amount of this credit risk is normally restricted to the amounts of any hedge gain and not the principal amount being hedged.
The group also has a credit exposure to counterparties for the full principal amount of cash and cash equivalents. Credit risks are
controlled by monitoring the amounts outstanding, with and the credit quality of, these counterparties. For the group’s cash and
cash equivalents these are principally licensed commercial banks and investment banks with strong long-term credit ratings, and
for  derivative  financial  instruments  DMGT  who  have  treasury  policies  in  place  which  do  not  allow  concentrations  of  risk  with
individual counterparties and do not allow significant treasury exposures with counterparties which are rated lower than AAA.

The group also has credit risk with respect to trade and other receivables, prepayments and accrued income. The concentration of
credit  risk  from  trade  receivables  is  limited  due  to  the  group’s  large  and  broad  customer  base.  Trade  receivable  exposures  are
managed locally in the business units where they arise. Allowance is made for bad and doubtful debts based on management’s
assessment of the risk of non-payment taking into account the ageing profile, experience and circumstance.

The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of each financial asset, including derivative financial
instruments, recorded in the balance sheet. The group does not have any significant credit risk exposure to any single counterparty
or any group of counterparties having similar characteristics. The group defines counterparties as having similar characteristics if
they are related entities. Concentration of credit risk did not exceed 5% of gross monetary assets at any time during the year. 

Liquidity risk
The group has significant intercompany borrowings and is an approved borrower under a DMGT, £300 million revolving multi-currency
facility. This facility requires the group to meet certain covenants based on net debt and profits adjusted for certain non-cash items.
Failure  to  do  so  would  result  in  the  group  being  in  breach  of  the  facility  potentially  resulting  in  the  facility  being  withdrawn  or
impediment of management decision making by the lender. Management regularly monitor the covenants and prepare detailed debt
forecasts to ensure that sufficient headroom is available and that the covenants are not close or potentially close to breach. The group’s
strategy is to use excess operating cash to pay down its debt. The group has a cash conversion rate (the percentage by which cash
generated by operations covers operating profit) of over 100%, due to much of its subscription, conference and training revenue being
paid in advance. This facility is due to expire in August 2009, however the directors have, subsequent to the year end, agreed to sign
a new replacement facility of up to £250 million offered by DMGT. The terms of the new facility are similar to the existing facility.

Under the DMGT facility, at September 30 2008, the group has £115.4 million of undrawn but committed facilities available to
draw upon if required. This is more than sufficient for the group to meet expected and unexpected short-term working capital
requirements. However, given the level of uncertainty in the global economy and financial markets, there is a risk that the undrawn
portion of the facility may be unavailable or withdrawn if DMGT experience funding difficulties themselves, for example if one of
DMGT’s lenders was to be unable to fulfil its lending commitments. It is, however, unlikely that this would impact the group as
DMGT have a wide range of funding sources, other than bank debt, available to them. In addition, if DMGT were unable to fulfil
its commitment to the group the directors are confident that the group is in a position that would enable it to secure adequate
facilities outside of DMGT, albeit at an increased cost to the business due to high interest charges imposed given the crisis in the
credit  markets.  The  following  table  details  the  group’s  remaining  contractual  maturity  for  its  non-derivative  financial  liabilities,
mainly variable borrowings. 

This table has been drawn up based on the undiscounted contractual cash flows of the financial liabilities including both interest
and principal cash flows. To the extent that the interest rates are floating, the undiscounted amount is derived from interest rate
curves at September 30 2008. The contractual maturity is based on the earliest date on which the group may be required to settle.

Weighted average
effective
interest rate
%

2008
Variable rate borrowings
Acquisition option commitments
Non interest bearing liabilities (Trade creditors and accruals)

2007
Variable rate borrowings
Acquisition option commitments
Non interest bearing liabilities (Trade creditors and accruals)

5.79
–
–

6.57
–
–

Less than
one year
£000’s

348,977
22,499
80,635

17,731
14,969
72,415

1 - 3 years
£000’s

–
8,128
–

213,559
19,960
–

Total
£000’s

348,977
30,627
80,635

231,290
34,929
72,415

At September 30 2008, £159,029,000 (2007: £130,559,000) of borrowings were designated in US dollars with the remainder in
sterling. The average rate of interest paid on the debt was 5.90% (2007: 6.09%).

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

77

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 78

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

18 Financial instruments continued
The following tables detail the group’s remaining contractual maturity for its non-derivative financial assets, mainly medium term
deposit for amounts on loans owed by DMGT group undertakings and minority interest. This table has been drawn up based on
the undiscounted contractual maturities of the financial assets including interest that will be earned on those assets except where
the group anticipate that the cash flow will occur in a different period.

2008
Variable interest rate instruments
Fixed interest rate instruments
Non interest bearing assets

2007
Variable interest rate instruments
Fixed interest rate instruments
Non interest bearing assets

Weighted average
effective
interest rate
%

1.60
1.87
–

2.48
4.22
–

Less than
one year
£000’s

175,936
1,047
62,760

239,743

25,266
1,445
61,735

88,446

1 - 3 years
£000’s

–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

Total
£000’s

175,936
1,047
62,760

239,743

25,266
1,445
61,735

88,446

The following table details the group’s liquidity analysis for its derivative financial instruments. The table has been drawn up based
on the undiscounted net cash inflows/(outflows) on the derivative instrument that settle on a net basis and the undiscounted gross
inflows and (outflows) on those derivatives that require gross settlement. When the amount payable or receivable is not fixed, the
amount disclosed has been determined by reference to the projected interest rates as illustrated by the yield curves existing at the
reporting date.

Less than
1 month
£000’s

1-3
months
£000’s

3 months
to 1 year
£000’s

1-5 years
£000’s

5+ years
£000’s

Total
£000’s

2008
Net settled
Interest rate swaps
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Gross settled
Foreign exchange forward contracts

–
(9,272)

(62)
–

(279)
–

(843)
–

inflows

8,272

20,154

76,112

104,150

Foreign exchange forward contracts

outflows

(8,583)

(21,067)

(79,264)

(109,498)

(9,583)

(975)

(3,431)

(6,191)

2007
Net settled
Interest rate swaps
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Foreign currency options
Gross settled
Foreign exchange forward contracts

–
–
(667)

255
–
–

208
–
–

(308)
2,083
–

inflows

4,784

10,862

59,233

75,639

Foreign exchange forward contracts

outflows

(4,564)

(10,197)

(57,177)

(71,249)

–
–

–

–

–

(21)
–
–

–

–

(1,184)
(9,272)

208,688

(218,412)

(20,180)

134
2,083
(667)

150,518

(143,187)

(447)

920

2,264

6,165

(21)

8,881

78

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 79

18 Financial instruments continued
Fair value of financial instruments
The fair values of non-derivative financial assets and financial liabilities are determined as follows:

● The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities with standard terms and conditions and traded on active liquid markets

is determined with reference to quoted market prices;

● The fair value of other financial assets and financial liabilities (excluding derivative instruments) is determined in accordance
with generally accepted pricing models based on discounted cash flow analysis using prices from observable current market
transactions and dealer quotes for similar instruments; and

● The directors consider that the carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded at amortised cost in the

financial statements approximate their fair values.

The fair values of derivative financial assets and financial liabilities are determined as follows:

● Foreign currency forward contracts are measured using quoted forward exchange rates and yield curves derived from quoted

interest rates matching maturities of the contracts.

● Interest rate swaps are measured at the present value of future cash flows estimated and discounted based on the applicable

yield curves derived from quoted interest rates.

19 Bank overdrafts and loans

Bank overdrafts

Committed loan facility – current liability

Committed loan facility – non-current liability

Loan notes

2008
£000’s

1,032

184,594

2007
£000’s

5,935

–

–

213,559

7,579

11,796

Committed loan facility
The group has a dedicated £300 million three-year multi-currency facility with a subsidiary of DMGT. Interest is payable on this
facility at a variable rate of between 0.4% and 1.6% above LIBOR dependant on the ratio of net debt to EBITDA. The facility expires
in  August  2009  and  the  directors  have,  subsequent  to  the  year  end,  agreed  to  sign  a  new  replacement  facility  of  up  to
£250 million offered by DMGT. The terms of the new facility are similar to the existing facility with interest payable at a variable
rate of between 1.25% and 3.0% above LIBOR dependant on the group’s net debt to EBITDA covenant. As at September 30 2008
there were £115,406,000 (2007: £86,441,000) of other uncommitted undrawn facilities directly available to the group.

Loan notes
Loan notes for £12,711,000 were issued in October and November 2006 to fund the purchase of Metal Bulletin plc. Interest is
payable on these loan notes at a variable rate of 0.75% below LIBOR payable in June and December. Loan notes can be redeemed
at the option of the loan note holder twice a year on the interest payment dates above. At least 20 business days’ written notice
prior to the redemption date is required. During the year ended September 30 2008 £4,324,000 (2007: £915,000) of these loan
notes were redeemed reducing the debt to £7,579,000 (2007: £11,796,000). 

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

79

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 80

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

20 Provisions

At October 1 2007
Provision
Used in the year
Released during the year
Exchange differences

At September 30 2008

Maturity profile of provisions

Within 1 year (included in current liabilities)
Between 1 and 2 years (included in non-current liabilities)
Between 2 and 5 years (included in non-current liabilities)

Onerous lease
provision
£000’s

Other
provisions
£000’s

1,852
–
(811)
(523)
115

633

4,155
583
(668)
–
–

4,070

2008
£000’s

1,198
1,198
2,307

4,703

Group
total
£000’s

6,007
583
(1,479)
(523)
115

4,703

2007
£000’s

2,684
854
2,469

6,007

Onerous lease provision
The onerous lease provision relates to certain buildings within the property portfolio which either at acquisition were rented at
non-market rates, or are no longer occupied by the group.

Other provisions
Management have reclassified certain provisions previously included within trade and other payables to provisions to better reflect
the  classification  of  the  creditor.  The  provision  consists  of  social  security  arising  on  share  option  liabilities  and  dilapidations  on
leasehold properties.  

21 Deferred taxation
The net deferred tax liability at September 30 2008 comprised:

2007
£000’s

Capitalised goodwill and intangibles
(42,313)
Tax deductible goodwill amortisation 10,317
1,317
US and overseas tax losses
(1,778)
Financial instruments
Other short-term temporary differences 12,315

Income
statement
£000’s

9,601
(2,158)
2,223
188
1,316

Deferred tax

(20,142)

11,170

Comprising:
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

11,508
(31,650)

(20,142)

Equity
£000’s

–
–
–
4,546
(4,280)

266

Acquisitions
and disposals
£000’s

Exchange
differences
£000’s

(1,179)
–
–
–
–

(1,179)

(3,337)
1,246
188
–
360

2008
£000’s

(37,228)
9,405
3,728
2,956
9,711

(1,543)

(11,428)

16,459
(27,887)

(11,428)

At the balance sheet date, the group has unused tax losses available for offset against future profits. At September 30 2008 a
deferred tax asset of £3,728,000 (2007: £1,317,000) has been recognised. The US losses can be carried forward for a period of
20 years from the date they arose. The losses have expiry dates up to January 2026.

At the balance sheet date, a net deferred tax asset of £12,731,000 (2007: £10,190,000) has been recognised in respect of US tax
deductible goodwill amortisation and other overseas short-term timing differences. The directors are of the opinion that based on
recent and forecast trading, it is probable that the level of profits in the future years are sufficient to enable the asset to be recovered.

A deferred tax asset of £1,842,000 has not been recognised in respect of overseas capital losses arising on the sale of the group’s
15% interest in LAMP Technologies LLC. (2007: £5,404,000) as the directors do not believe there is sufficient evidence that it is
probable they will be recovered. The unrecognised deferred tax asset in 2007 has been recognised in full in 2008.

At the balance sheet date, the aggregate amount of temporary differences with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries for which
deferred  tax  liabilities  have  not  been  recognised  was  £121,912,000  (2007:  £86,062,000).  No  liability  has  been  recognised  in
respect of these differences because the group is in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences
and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

80

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 81

22 Called up share capital

Authorised
137,365,200 ordinary shares of 0.25p each

(2007: 137,365,200 ordinary shares of 0.25p each)

Allotted, called up and fully paid
105,300,896 ordinary shares of 0.25p each

(2007: 102,972,478 ordinary shares of 0.25p each)

2008
£000’s

2007
£000’s

343

343

263

258

During the year, 2,328,418 ordinary shares of 0.25p each (2007: 107,049 ordinary shares) with an aggregate nominal value of
£5,821 (2007: £268) were issued for a cash consideration of £71,680 (2007: £428,076) following the exercise of share options
granted under the company’s share option schemes.

23 Share-based payments
Equity settled options
The following options are outstanding at September 30 and are options to subscribe for new ordinary shares of 0.25p each in
the company:

Number of ordinary shares under option: 2008

Granted
during 
year

Exercised 
during 
year

Lapsed 
during 
year

Option 
price 
(£)

2008

Period during which option may be exercised:
Before January 6 2008
Before January 28 2009
Before February 10 2009
Before June 24 2009
Before January 4 2010
Before March 1 2011
Before January 22 2012
Before December 3 2012
Before January 27 2014
Before July 31 2007
Between February 1 2008 and July 31 2008
Between February 1 2009 and July 31 2009
Between January 5 2010 and July 4 2010
Between December 17 2010 and June 16 2011
Before September 30 2014
Before September 30 2014

2007

17,984
150,000
160,000
540,000
119,648
209,000
116,000
376,000
335,000
1,138
26,143
77,250
125,563
–
2,500,000

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
119,410

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(1,138)
(16,607)
–
(1,453)
–
– (2,309,220)
–

(17,984)
–
(10,000)
140,000
–
160,000
–
540,000
(8,000)
111,648
(5,000)
204,000
(6,000)
110,000
(20,000)
356,000
(16,000)
319,000
–
–
(8,415)
1,121
(6,381)
70,869
(53,972)
70,138
(27,098)
92,312
–
190,780
– 2,500,000

3.96
4.19
3.96
4.31
5.63
5.38
3.35
2.59
4.19
3.24
3.38
3.69
4.19
3.18
0.0025
0.0025

– 2,500,000 ‡

Weighted 
average 
market 
price at 
date of 
exercise
(£)

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
5.10
3.98
–
5.10
–
3.85
–

4,753,726 2,619,410 (2,328,418)

(178,850) 4,865,868

The options outstanding at September 30 2008 had a weighted average exercise price of £1.80 and a weighted average remaining
contractual life of 4.37 years.

‡ Options granted relate to those that are likely to be issued under the second tranche of the CAP which vest on February 14 2009, three months following the announcement
of the company’s results. The number of options granted is provisional and will primarily require a true-up to reflect adjustments of the individual businesses profits during
the period to December 31 2008 as required by the remuneration committee. As such the actual number of options granted could vary from that disclosed.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

81

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 82

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

23 Share-based payments continued
Number of ordinary shares under option: 2007

Period during which option may be exercised:
Before February 6 2007
Before January 6 2008
Before January 28 2009
Before February 10 2009
Before June 24 2009
Before January 4 2010
Before March 1 2011
Before January 22 2012
Before December 4 2005 and December 3 2012
Before January 28 2007 and January 27 2014
Before February 1 2007 and July 31 2007
Between February 1 2008 and July 31 2008
Between February 1 2009 and July 31 2009
Between January 5 2010 and July 4 2010
Before September 30 2014

Granted
during 
year

Exercised 
during 
year

Lapsed 
during 
year

2006

2007

–
20,448
–
17,984
–
190,000
–
160,000
–
540,000
–
156,000
–
257,000
–
138,000
–
428,000
–
394,000
–
29,999
–
32,954
–
83,580
–
140,578
– 2,500,000

(20,448)
–
(32,000)
–
–
(18,352)
–
(8,000)
–
–
(26,469)
–
(1,685)
(95)
–

–
–
(8,000)
–
–
(18,000)
(48,000)
(14,000)
(52,000)
(59,000)
(2,392)
(6,811)
(4,645)
(14,920)

–
17,984
150,000
160,000
540,000
119,648
209,000
116,000
376,000
335,000
1,138
26,143
77,250
125,563
– 2,500,000

2,447,965 2,640,578

(107,049)

(227,768) 4,753,726

Weighted 
average 
market 
price at 
date of 
exercise 
(£)

5.82
–
5.66
–
–
6.45
–
6.04
–
–
5.90
–
5.42
5.20
–

Option 
price 
(£)

3.55
3.96
4.19
3.96
4.31
5.63
5.38
3.35
2.59
4.19
3.24
3.38
3.69
4.19
0.0025

The options outstanding at September 30 2007 had a weighted average exercise price of £1.92 and a weighted average remaining
contractual life of 5.25 years.

Capital Appreciation Plan (CAP)
The CAP executive share option scheme was approved by shareholders on February 1 2005. Each of the CAP awards comprises
an  option  to  subscribe  for  ordinary  shares  of  0.25p  each  in  the  company  for  an  exercise  price  of  0.25p  per  ordinary  share.
The  awards  become  exercisable  on  satisfaction  of  certain  performance  conditions  and  lapse  to  the  extent  unexercised  on
September  30  2014.  The  initial  performance  condition  (increased  during  2007  to  reflect  the  acquisition  of  Metal  Bulletin)  was
achieved in the financial year 2007 and the option pool (a maximum of 7.5 million shares) was allocated between the holders of
outstanding awards. One third of the awards vested on February 14 2008. The primary performance target was achieved again in
2008  and  the  second  tranche  of  options  will  vest  in  February  2009  subject  to  the  businesses  also  achieving  the  secondary
performance criteria (page 32). The final tranche will vest in 2010, but only if the primary and secondary performance conditions
are again met, otherwise vesting is deferred until both the profit target of £57 million achieved in 2007 is achieved again, and the
profits of the individual participants businesses are at least 75% of that achieved in 2007 but no later than by reference to the
year ending September 30 2012.

Share Option Schemes
The company has 12 share option schemes for which an IFRS2 ‘Share based payments’ charge has been recognised. Details of
these schemes are set out in the Directors Remuneration report on pages 32 to 33. The fair value per option granted and the
assumptions used in the calculation are shown below:

The executive and Save as You Earn Options were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatility was
determined by calculating the historical volatility of the group’s share price over a period of 13 years. The executive options’ fair
values have been discounted at a rate of 10% to reflect their performance conditions. The expected term of the option used in
the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and
behavioural considerations. The expense recognised in the year in respect of these options was £281,000 (2007: £202,000).

82

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 83

23 Share-based payments continued

Executive Options

SAYE

Date of grant

Market value at date of grant (p)
Option price (p)
Number of share options

outstanding

Option life (years)
Expected term of option 

(grant to exercise (years))

Exercise price (p)
Risk-free rate
Dividend yield
Volatility
Fair value per option (£)

December 4
2002

January 28 
2004

259
259

419
419

356,000
10

319,000
10

5.5
259
4.10%
3.93%
30%
0.52

5.5
419
4.10%
3.93%
30%
0.72

6
January 4 
2005

7
February 1 
2006

8
January 5 
2007

9
December 17 
2007

423
338

1,121
3.5

3
338
4.80%
3.35%
30%
1.22

461
369

70,869
3.5

3
369
4.80%
3.35%
30%
1.24

524
419

70,138
3.5

3
419
4.75%
3.35%
30%
1.51

397
318

92,312
3.5

3
318
4.25%
3.35%
30%
1.13

The CAP options were valued using a fair value model that adjusted the share price at the date of grant for the net present value
of expected future dividend streams up to the date of expected exercise. Under IFRS 2, Internet Securities, Inc. options are classified
as cash settled options. As such their related fair value equates to the fair value at the balance sheet date. For both these option
schemes, the expected term of the option used in the models has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the
effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations. The share based expense recognised in the year
for the CAP options was £4,658,000 (2007: £9,629,000), and for Internet Securities, Inc. options was £422,000 (2007: £345,000). 

Date of grant

Market value at date of grant (p)
Option price (p)
Number of share options

outstanding

Option life (years)
Expected term of option 

(grant to exercise (years))

Exercise price (p)
Risk-free rate
Dividend growth
Fair value per option (£)

Internet Securities, Inc. Cash Settled Options

Tranche 1
June 20
2005
401
0.25

CAP
Tranche 2
June 20
2005
401
0.25

Tranche 3
June 20 
2005
401
0.25

February 2 
2004
n/a
n/a

190,780
10

2,500,000
10

2,500,000
10

47,539
10

May 11 
2005
n/a
n/a

1,845
10

3.28
0.25
5.0%
8.44%
3.28

4.53
0.25
5.0%
8.44%
3.02

5.53
0.25
5.0%
8.44%
2.82

6.5
n/a
n/a
n/a
US$18.57

5.5
n/a
n/a
n/a
US$18.57

February 28 
2006
n/a
n/a

38,501
10

4.5
n/a
n/a
n/a
US$18.57

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

83

80766 notes  11/12/08  14:43  Page 84

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

24 Statement of movement on reserves

Share
premium
account
£000’s

38,081
–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–
428
–

–
–

64,981

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–

38,509
–

64,981
–

–

–

–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
66
–

–

–

–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

At September 30 2006
Retained profit for the year
Premium on shares issued for

acquisition of Metal Bulletin plc

Recognition of acquisition
option commitments

Exercise of acquisition option

commitments

Exchange differences arising on

translation of net investments in
overseas subsidiary undertakings
Translation reserves recycled to the
income statement on disposals
Net exchange difference on foreign

currency loans

Change in fair value of available

for sale investments

Change in fair value of hedges
Transfer of gain on cash flow

hedges from fair value reserves to
income statement

Change in fair value of intangibles
Credit for share-based payments
Dividends paid
Change in actuarial assumptions in

defined benefit scheme
Exercise of share options
Tax on items going through reserves

At September 30 2007
Retained profit for the year
Recognition of acquisition option

commitments

Exercise of acquisition option

commitments

Exchange differences arising on

translation of net investments in
overseas subsidiary undertakings
Net exchange difference on foreign

currency loans

Change in fair value of hedges
Transfer of gain on cash flow

hedges from fair value reserves to
income statement

Change in fair value of intangibles
Credit for share-based payments
Dividends paid
Change in actuarial assumptions in

defined benefit scheme
Exercise of share options
Tax on items going through reserves

Capital
Other redemption
reserve
£000’s

reserve
£000’s

Liability 
for share
based
payments
£000’s

Own
shares
£000’s

Fair value Translation
reserve
£000’s

reserve
£000’s

Retained 
earnings
£000’s

Total 
£000’s

8
–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–

8
–

–

–

–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

8

(74)
–

5,907
–

6,618
–

(244)
–

(78,642)
31,822

(28,346)
31,822

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

9,830
–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–

–

5,886

(405)
6,392

(2,699)
2,384
–
–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–

64,981

(18,533)

(18,533)

7,248

7,248

(15,001)

(90)

–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–

(15,001)

(90)

5,886

(405)
6,392

–
–
–
(18,110)

(2,699)
2,384
9,830
(18,110)

4,158
–
2,082

4,158
428
2,082

(74)
–

15,737
–

18,176
–

(15,335)
–

(69,975)
43,719

52,027
43,719

–

–

–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–
–
4,939
–

–
–
–

–

–

–

(19,115)
(17,455)

(2,877)
1,692
–
–

–
–
–

–

–

(500)

(500)

6,919

6,919

32,448

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–

–
–

32,448

(19,115)
(17,455)

–
–
–
(19,950)

(2,877)
1,692
4,939
(19,950)

1,589
–
1,282

1,589
66
1,282

(74)

20,676

(19,579)

17,113

(36,916)

84,784

At September 30 2008

38,575

64,981

The investment in own shares is held by the Euromoney Employees’ Share Ownership Trust (ESOT). At September 30 2008 the
ESOT  held  58,976  shares  (2007:  58,976  shares)  carried  at  a  historic  cost  of  £1.25  per  share  with  a  market  value  of  £192,000
(2007: £312,000). The trust waived the rights to receive dividends. Interest and administrative costs are charged to the profit and
loss account of the ESOT as incurred.

84

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 85

25 Acquisition option commitments
The group is party to a number of put options over the remaining minority interests in some of its subsidiaries. IAS 39 ‘Financial
Instruments’ requires the recognition of acquisition liabilities. The group regularly performs a review of the underlying businesses
with option commitments and in 2008 the review resulted in a net increase in the fair value of the group’s option commitments
of £1,730,000 (2007: decrease of £3,885,000). This increase is reported as finance expense in the income statement. New option
commitments  of  £500,000  have  been  recognised  relating  to  subsidiaries  acquired  in  the  year  and  existing  options  have  been
exercised totalling £6,919,000. As at September 30 2008, the discounted present value of the remaining put option commitments
is £29,848,000 (2007: £33,335,000). These discounts are unwound as a notional interest charge to the income statement.

26 Commitments
At September 30 the group has committed to make the following payments in respect of operating leases on land and buildings:

Within 1 year
Between 2 and 5 years
After 5 years

2008
£000’s

5,623
18,519
15,619

39,761

2007
£000’s

4,764
16,213
19,385

40,362

The group’s operating leases do not include any significant leasing terms or conditions.

At September 30 the group had contracted with tenants to receive the following payments in respect of operating leases on land
and buildings:

1

Within 
 year
Between 2 and 5 years
After 5 years

2008
£000’s

364
1,480
1,937

3,781

2007
£000’s

–
–
–

–

27 Retirement benefit schemes
Defined contribution schemes
The group operates the following defined contribution schemes: Euromoney PensionSaver, Euromoney Pension Plan, the Metal
Bulletin Group Personal Pension Plan in the UK and the 401(k) savings and investment plan in the US. It also participates in the
Harmsworth  Pension  Scheme,  a  defined  benefit  scheme  which  is  operated  by  Daily  Mail  and  General  Trust  plc  (DMGT)  but  is
accounted for in Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC as a defined contribution scheme.

The pension charge in respect of defined contribution schemes for the year ended September 30 comprised:

Euromoney Pension Plan
Metal Bulletin Group Personal Pension Plan
Private schemes
Harmsworth Pension Scheme

2008
£000’s

575
39
801
203

2007
£000’s

460
63
596
184

1,618

1,303

Euromoney PensionSaver and Euromoney Pension Plan
Euromoney  PensionSaver  was  launched  on  October  1  2008  to  replace  the  Euromoney  Pension  Plan  as  the  principal  pension
arrangement  offered  to  employees  of  the  group.  Under  both  plans,  contributions  are  paid  by  the  employer  and  employees.
However, Euromoney PensionSaver is a group personal pension arrangement rather than the trust-based arrangement used by the
Euromoney Pension Plan. The Euromoney Pension Plan is a part of the DMGT Pension Trust, an umbrella trust under which DMGT
UK trust-based defined contribution plans are held. Insured death benefits previously held under this trust have been transferred
to a new trust-based arrangement specifically for life assurance purposes.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

85

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 86

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

27 Retirement benefit schemes continued
Active members of the Euromoney Pension Plan have been given the opportunity to join and transfer their assets to Euromoney
PensionSaver. Following these transfers, all assets remaining in the Euromoney Pension Plan will be transferred out before the Plan
is wound up. 

Assets  of  both  plans  are  invested  in  funds  selected  by  members  and  held  independently  from  the  company’s  finances.  The
investment and administration of both plans is undertaken by Fidelity Pension Management.

Metal Bulletin Group Personal Pension Plan
The Metal Bulletin Group Personal Pension Plan is a defined contribution arrangement under which contributions are paid by the
employer and employees. The scheme is closed to new members.

The plan is contracted-in to the State Second Pension and its assets are invested under trust in funds selected by members and held
independently from the company’s finances. The investment and administration of the plan is undertaken by Skandia Life Group.

Private schemes
Institutional  Investor,  Inc.  contributes  to  a  401(k)  savings  and  investment  plan  for  its  employees  which  is  administered  by  an
independent investment provider. Employees are able to contribute up to 15% of salary with the company matching up to 50%
of the employee contributions, up to 5% of salary.

Stakeholder pensions
The company provides access to a stakeholder pension plan for relevant employees who are not eligible for other pension schemes
operated by the group.

Harmsworth Pension Scheme
The Harmsworth Pension Scheme is a defined benefit scheme operated by DMGT providing service-related benefits based on final
pensionable salary. The assets of the scheme are held independently from the company’s finances and are administered by a trustee
company. The scheme is no longer offered to new employees of the company.

The contributions payable to the scheme are determined by the trustee company after taking advice from an independent qualified
actuary, and following agreement with the company. The most recent actuarial valuation of the scheme, upon which the current
contributions are based, was carried out as at March 31 2007 using the projected unit credit method.

On November 30 2007 the members, assets and liabilities of the Mail Newspapers Pension Scheme (MNPS) were merged into the
Harmsworth Pension Scheme. As a condition of the merger, DMGT, as the principal employer, has provided letters of credit for 
£40 million to cover the period to December 1 2011. The trustee would have a call on this contingent asset in the event that the
newly combined scheme begins to be wound up before December 1 2011 and the assets of the scheme are insufficient to provide
benefits in full for all members.

The funding strategy agreed with the trustee made allowance for assumed future investment returns on the scheme’s assets of
3.3% p.a. above price inflation, compared with the real return of some 2.6% p.a. implicit within the calculation of the Technical
Provisions (i.e. the value of the scheme’s benefit liabilities). DMGT agreed with the trustee that this margin would be covered by a
contingent  asset  and  DMGT  has  put  in  place  a  letter  of  credit  (to  be  updated  annually)  of  an  amount  sufficient  to  cover  any
potential shortfall in this additional investment return arising prior to the next triennial valuation. As at September 28 2008 the
letter of credit had a value of £21.8 million (2007: £nil). In addition the company is paying annual cash contributions of 18% of
members’ scheme salaries (2007: 18%).

Other key financial assumptions adopted were as follows:

Long-term assumed rate of:

Price inflation
Salary increases
Pension increases (on excess over guaranteed minimum pension)
Discount rate for accrued liabilities

- Pre-retirement
- Post-retirement

2008

2007

3.0% p.a.
4.3% p.a.
3.0% p.a.

6.4% p.a.
4.8% p.a.

2.75% p.a.
4.5% p.a.
2.75% p.a.

6.6% p.a.
5.0% p.a.

The financial assumptions shown above used in the most recent actuarial valuation were selected to provide a basis for funding
the schemes and are not intended to reflect the company’s experience or policy regarding pay in any one financial year.

The valuation of the scheme showed that the combined accumulated assets of the scheme as at March 31 2007 represented 99%
of the scheme’s Technical Provisions in respect of past service benefits.

86

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 87

27 Retirement benefit schemes continued
Members are able to make additional voluntary contributions (AVCs) into unit-linked funds held within each scheme. No benefit
obligation arises to the DMGT, or the company, from these AVCs and the related unit-linked AVC assets have been excluded from
the valuation of assets and liabilities reported below.

The  group’s  pension  charge  for  the  Harmsworth  Pension  Scheme  for  the  year  ended  September  30  2008  was  £203,000
(2007: £184,000).

Included in debtors in 2007 is an advance payment into the pension schemes amounting to £143,000. In accordance with the
provisions of the contribution schedules for the schemes, the company has not made an advance payment in 2008 but will be
making regular monthly contribution payments from October 2008.

The group is unable to identify its share of the underlying assets and liabilities in the Harmsworth Pension Scheme. The scheme is
operated on an aggregate basis with no segregation of the assets to individual participating employers and, therefore, the same
contribution rate is charged to all participating employers (i.e. the contribution rate charged to each employer is affected by the
experience of the schemes as a whole). The scheme is therefore accounted for as a defined contribution scheme by the company.
This means that the pension charge reported in these financial statements is the same as the cash contributions due in the period.

The  ultimate  parent  company,  DMGT,  is  required  to  account  for  the  Harmsworth  Pension  Scheme  under  IAS  19  ‘Employee
Benefits’. The IAS 19 disclosures in the Annual Report and Accounts of DMGT have been based on calculations performed as part
of the work being carried out for the formal valuation of the scheme as at March 31 2007, and adjusted to September 30 2008
by the actuary. The calculations are adjusted to allow for the assumptions and actuarial methodology required by IAS 19. These
showed that the market value of the scheme’s assets was £1,322.5 million (2007: £650.0 million) and that the actuarial value 
of  these  assets  represented  99%  (2007:  106%)  of  the  benefits  that  had  accrued  to  members  (also  calculated  in  accordance 
with IAS 19).

Defined benefit scheme
The company operates the Metal Bulletin plc Pension Scheme (closed to new members), a defined benefit scheme.

Metal Bulletin Pension Scheme
The acquisition by the group of Metal Bulletin plc on October 6 2006 included a defined benefit obligation in respect of the Metal Bulletin
plc Pension Scheme (MBPS). As a result, at that date the company acquired a defined benefit obligation of £21.7 million along with a fair
value of pension scheme assets of £17.7 million resulting in a net pension liability of £4.0 million. The impact of the acquisition of MBPS
on the balance sheet disclosures, and the subsequent pension costs arising, are included in the figures reported below.

The MBPS is a defined benefit scheme providing service-related benefits based on final pensionable salary. The assets of the scheme
are  held  independently  from  the  company’s  finances,  being  invested  with  the  Norwich  Union  Life  Insurance  Society,  Schroder
Investment Management Ltd, and certain other specific investments managed directly by the Trustees. Contributions to the scheme
are  charged  to  the  income  statement  so  as  to  spread  the  cost  of  pensions  over  employees’  working  lives  with  the  group.  The
contributions are determined by an independent qualified actuary on the basis of triennial valuations using the attained age method.
The most recent actuarial valuation of the scheme, upon which the current contributions are based, was carried out as at June 1 2007.

The company cash contribution rate to the scheme during the year was 22.8% (2007: 22.8%) of pensionable salaries.

This MBPS is closed to new members. The figures in this note are based on calculations carried out in connection with the actuarial
valuation of the scheme as at June 1 2007 and adjusted to September 30 2008 by the actuary. The key financial assumptions
adopted were as follows:

Long-term assumed rate of:

Pensionable salary growth
Pension escalation in payment (pre January 1997 members)
Pension escalation in payment (pensions earned from May 30 2002 to June 30 2006)

(post January 1997 members)

Pension escalation in payment (pensions earned from June 30 2006)

(post January 1997 members)
Discount rate for accrued liabilities
Inflation
Pension increase in deferment

2008

2007

5.0% p.a.
5.0% p.a.

4.6% p.a.
5.0% p.a.

3.7% p.a.

3.3% p.a.

2.5% p.a.
7.0% p.a.
3.7% p.a.
3.7% p.a.

2.5% p.a.
5.9% p.a.
3.3% p.a.
3.3% p.a.

The discount rate for scheme liabilities reflects yields at the balance sheet date on high quality corporate bonds. All assumptions
were selected after taking actuarial advice.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

87

80766 notes  11/12/08  14:53  Page 88

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

27 Retirement benefit schemes continued
The fair value of the assets held by the MBPS and the long-term expected rate of return on each class of assets are
shown in the following table:

Equities

Bonds

Property

With profits
policy

Cash

Total

2008
Value at September 30 2008 (£000’s)
% of assets held
Long-term rate of return expected at

4,449
22.8%

7,512
38.5%

–
0.0%

2,400
12.3%

5,151
26.4%

19,512
100.0%

September 30 2008

8.70%

5.00%

7.00%

5.75%

5.00%

2007
Value at September 30 2007 (£000’s)
% of assets held
Long-term rate of return expected at

Equities

Bonds

Property

With profits 
policy

Cash

Total

3,440
17.3%

3,240
16.3%

–
0.0%

6,120
30.8%

7,065
35.6%

19,865
100.0%

September 30 2007

7.75%

5.00%

4.50%

5.50%

4.50%

A reconciliation of the net pension surplus reported in the balance sheet is shown in the following table:

Present value of defined benefit obligation
Assets at fair value

Surplus reported in the balance sheet

2008
£000’s

(16,985)
19,512

2,527

2007
£000’s

(19,501)
19,865

364

The International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee, in its document IFRIC 14, has interpreted the extent to which a
company can recognise a pension surplus on its balance sheet. Having taken account of the rules of the scheme, the fact that the
scheme remains open to new accrual, and the current levels of service cost and cash contributions, the company considers that
recognition of the scheme’s surplus on its balance sheet is in accordance with the interpretations of IFRIC 14. The surplus for the
year excludes a related deferred tax liability of £708,000 (2007: £109,000).

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation are as follows:

Present value of obligation at September 30
Service cost
Interest cost
Benefits paid
Members contributions
Actuarial movement

Present value of obligation at September 30

Changes in the fair value of plan assets are as follows:

Fair value of plan assets at September 30
Expected return on plan assets
Contributions:
Employer
Members

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets
Benefits paid

2008
£000’s

(19,501)
(85)
(1,150)
463
(19)
3,307

(16,985)

2008
£000’s

19,865
1,172

637
19
(1,718)
(463)

2007
£000’s

(21,708)
(323)
(1,114)
315
(37)
3,366

(19,501)

2007
£000’s

17,680
958

713
37
792
(315)

Fair value of plan assets at September 30

19,512

19,865

The actual return on plan assets was a loss of £546,000 (2007: gain of £1,750,000) representing the expected return plus the
associated actuarial gain or loss during the year.

88

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 89

27 Retirement benefit schemes continued
The amounts charged to the income statement based on the above assumptions are as follows:

Current service costs (charged to administrative costs)
Interest cost (note 7)
Expected return on plan assets (note 7)

Total charge recognised in income statement

2008
£000’s

85
1,150
(1,172)

63

2007
£000’s

323
1,114
(958)

479

Pension costs and the size of any pension surplus or deficit are sensitive to the assumptions adopted. The table below indicates
the effect of changes in the principle assumptions used above.

Mortality
Change in pension obligation at September 30 from a 1 year change in life expectancy +/-
+/-
Change in pension cost from a 1 year change

Salary Increases
Change in pension obligation at September 30 from a 0.25% change
Change in pension cost from a 1 year change

Discount Rate
Change in pension obligation at September 30 from a 0.1% change
Change in pension cost from a 1 year change

+/-

+/-

2008
£000’s

346
25

26
4

290
5

2007
£000’s

583
79

70
7

429
9

Amounts recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense (SORIE) are shown in the following table:

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets
Experience adjustments on liabilities
Gains arising from changes in assumptions

Total gains recognised in SORIE
Cumulative actuarial gain recognised in SORIE at beginning of year

Cumulative actuarial gain recognised in SORIE at end of year

History of experience gains and losses:

Present value of defined benefit obligation
Fair value of scheme assets

Surplus in scheme

Experience adjustments on defined benefit obligation
Percentage of present value of defined benefit obligation
Experience adjustments on fair value of scheme assets
Percentage of the fair value of the scheme assets

2008
£000’s

(1,717)
(36)
3,342

1,589
4,158

5,747

2008
£000’s

(16,985)
19,512

2,527

(36)
0.2%
(1,717)
8.8%

2007
£000’s

792
498
2,868

4,158
–

4,158

2007
£000’s

(19,501)
19,865

364

498
2.6%
792
4.0%

The group expects to contribute approximately £614,000 (2007: £630,000) to the MBPS during the 2009 financial year.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

89

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 90

Notes  to  the  Accounts  continued

28 Contingent liabilities and assets
Claims in Malaysia
Four writs claiming damages for libel were issued in Malaysia against the company and three of its employees in respect of an
article  published  in  one  of  the  company’s  magazines,  International  Commercial  Litigation,  in  November  1995.  The  writs  were
served on the company on October 22 1996. Two of these writs have been discontinued. The total outstanding amount claimed
on the two remaining writs is Malaysian ringgits 82.0 million (£13,506,000). No provision has been made for these claims in these
financial statements as the directors do not believe the company has any material liability in respect of these writs.

29 Related party transactions
The group has taken advantage of the exemption allowed under IAS 24 ‘Related party disclosures’ not to disclose transactions and
balances between group companies that have been eliminated on consolidation. Other related party transactions and balances are
detailed below:

(i) The company has a £300 million multi-currency credit facility with DMG Jersey Finance Limited. As at September 30 2008 the
amount owing under the facility was: $243,155,000 (£136,413,000) ((2007: $266,000,000 (£130,559,000)), and £48,181,000
(2007: £83,000,000). A commitment fee of £191,000 (2007: £830,000) was paid on the unused portion of the available facility. 

(ii) The group expensed £237,400 (2007: £132,000) for services provided by Daily Mail and General Trust plc.

(iii) In September 2008, the group agreed a new loan facility from Daily Mail & General Investment Limited and provides the same loan
facility  to  Bouverie  Holdings  Inc.  The  amount  owing  and  receivable  at  September  30  2008  was  US$40,315,000  (£22,617,000)
which includes accrued interest. Each balance is repayable within one month of demand and bears interest at the US prime rate.

(iv) In  April  2008,  the  group  agreed  a  new  loan  facility  from  Daily  Mail  and  General  Holdings  Limited.  The  amount  owing  at
September 30 2008 was £133,155,000 which includes accrued interest. The balance is repayable in October 2008 and bears
interest 0.34% above LIBOR. At the same time, the group granted a new loan facility to Harmsworth Quays Printing Ltd. The
amount  receivable  at  September  30  2008  was  Yen  25,159,696,000  (£133,155,000)  which  includes  accrued  interest.  The
balance is repayable in October 2008 and bears interest at 0.5% above Yen LIBOR.

At the same time the group entered into a swap agreement with Harmsworth Quays Printing Ltd to buy Yen 24,053,698,000
and sell £124,097,000 on October 2 2008. The swap was settled in advance on September 30 2008 for £3,205,000. 

(v) At September 30 2008 the group had £154,788,000 (2007: £163,163,000) fixed rate interest rate swaps outstanding with
Daily Mail and General Holdings Limited amounting to $185,000,000 (2007: $200,000,000) at interest rates between 3.3%
and  5.4%  and  termination  dates  between  March  30  2009  and  March  28  2013  and  £51,000,000  (2007:  £65,000,000)  at
interest rates between 4.9% and 6.3% and termination dates between March 30 2009 and September 28 2012. During the
year the group paid $1,263,000 (2007: received $2,346,000) and received £124,000 (2007: £51,000) of interest from Daily
Mail and General Holdings Limited in respect of interest rate swaps.

(vi) There  is  an  annual  put  option  agreement  over  the  sale  of  Internet  Securities,  Inc  (ISI)  shares  between  the  company  and
G  Mueller,  a  director  of  the  company.  The  annual  put  option  value  is  based  on  the  valuation  of  ISI  as  determined  by  an
independent financial adviser. Under the terms of the agreement consideration caps have been put in place that require the
maximum consideration payable to option holders to be capped at an amount such that the results of any relevant class tests
would, at the relevant time, fall below the requirement for shareholder approval.

No such shares or options were sold or exercised in 2008 or 2007.

90

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 91

29 Related party transactions continued
(vii) The  compensation  paid  or  payable  for  key  management  is  set  out  below.  Key  management  includes  the  executive  and 
non-executive directors as set out in the remuneration report and other key divisional directors who are not on the board.

Key management compensation

Salaries and short-term employee benefits
Non-executive director’s fees
Post-employment benefits
Other long-term benefits (all share-based)

Of which:

Executive directors
Non-executive directors
Divisional directors

2008
£000’s

15,451
178
170
1,956

17,755

14,385
178
3,192

17,755

2007
£000’s

14,973
178
156
3,894

19,201

13,947
178
5,076

19,201

Details of the remuneration of directors is given in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

30 Ultimate parent undertaking and controlling party
The directors regard the ultimate parent undertaking as Rothermere Continuation Limited, which is incorporated in Bermuda. The
ultimate controlling party is The Viscount Rothermere. The largest and smallest group of which the company is a member and for
which group accounts are drawn up is that of Daily Mail and General Trust plc, incorporated in Great Britain and registered in
England and Wales. Copies of the report and accounts are available from:

The Company Secretary
Daily Mail and General Trust plc
Northcliffe House, 2 Derry Street
London W8 5TT

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

91

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 92

Independent  Auditors’  Company  Report 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC
We  have  audited  the  parent  company  financial  statements  of  Euromoney  Institutional  Investor  PLC  for  the  year  ended
September 30 2008 which comprise the Company Balance Sheet and the related notes 1 to 20. These parent company financial
statements have been prepared under the accounting policies set out therein.

We  have  reported  separately  on  the  group  financial  statements  of  Euromoney  Institutional  Investor  PLC  for  the  year  ended
September 30 2008 and on the information in the directors’ remuneration report that is described as having been audited. 

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with section 235 of the Companies Act 1985. Our
audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them
in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility
to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions
we have formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors
The  directors’  responsibilities  for  preparing  the  Annual  Report,  the  Directors’  Remuneration  Report  and  the  parent  company
financial  statements  in  accordance  with  applicable  law  and  United  Kingdom  Accounting  Standards  (United  Kingdom  Generally
Accepted Accounting Practice) are set out in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities.

Our  responsibility  is  to  audit  the  parent  company  financial  statements  and  the  part  of  the  Directors’  Remuneration  Report  in
accordance with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland).

We report to you our opinion as to whether the parent company financial statements give a true and fair view and whether the
parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985. We also report
to you whether in our opinion the Directors’ Report is consistent with the parent company financial statements. 

In addition we report to you if, in our opinion, the company has not kept proper accounting records, if we have not received all
the information and explanations we require for our audit, or if information specified by law regarding directors’ remuneration and
other transactions is not disclosed.

We read the other information contained in the Annual Report as described in the contents section and consider whether it is
consistent with the audited parent company financial statements. We consider the implications for our report if we become aware
of any apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the parent company financial statements. Our responsibilities do
not extend to any further information outside the Annual Report.

Basis of audit opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices
Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the parent company
financial  statements.  It  also  includes  an  assessment  of  the  significant  estimates  and  judgments  made  by  the  directors  in  the
preparation of the parent company financial statements, and of whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the company’s
circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed.

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and explanations which we considered necessary in order
to provide us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the parent company financial statements are free from
material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall
adequacy of the presentation of information in the parent company financial statements.

Opinion
In our opinion:
● the parent company financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted

Accounting Practice, of the state of the company’s affairs as at September 30 2008;

● the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985; and
● the information given in the Directors’ Report is consistent with the parent company financial statements.

Deloitte & Touche LLP
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors 
London

November 12 2008

92

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 93

Com pa ny  Bal ance  Sheet
as at September 30 2008

Fixed assets
Intangible assets
Tangible assets
Investments
Derivative financial instruments

Current assets
Debtors
Derivative financial instruments

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Net current (liabilities)/assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

Net assets

Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Other reserve
Capital redemption reserve
Capital reserve
Own shares
Liability for share based payments
Fair value reserve
Profit and loss account

Equity shareholders’ funds

Notes

5
6
7
16

8
16

9

9

12
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

17

2008
£000’s

2,765
14,463
658,498
189

675,915

128,251
12,918

141,169

2007
£000’s

2,765
13,745
456,121
5,088

477,719

114,352
3,625

117,977

(493,058)

(96,023)

(351,889)

21,954

324,026

499,673

(59,777)

(250,654)

264,249

249,019

263
38,575
64,981
8
1,842
(74)
12,251
(6,286)
152,689

258
38,509
64,981
8
1,842
(74)
9,174
(1,051)
135,372

264,249

249,019

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC has taken advantage of section 230 of the Companies Act 1985 and has not included its own
profit and loss account in these accounts. The profit after taxation of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC included in the group
profit for the year is £37,201,000 (2007: £112,357,000).

The accounts were approved by the board of directors on November 12 2008.

Richard Ensor
Colin Jones
Directors

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

93

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 94

Notes  to  the  Company  Accounts 

1 Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
The accounts have been prepared under the historical cost convention except for derivatives financial instruments which have been
measured  at  fair  value  and  in  accordance  with  applicable  United  Kingdom  accounting  standards  and  the  United  Kingdom
Companies  Act  1985.  The  accounting  policies  set  out  below  have,  unless  otherwise  stated,  been  applied  consistently  through
current and prior year.

The company has taken advantage of the exemption from presenting a cash flow statement under the terms of FRS 1 (Revised)
‘Cash Flow Statements’.

The company is also exempt under the terms of FRS 8 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ from disclosing related party transactions with
entities that are part of the group.

Further, the company, as a parent company of a group drawing up consolidated financial statements that meet the requirements
of IFRS 7, is exempt from disclosures that comply with its UK GAAP equivalent, FRS 29 ‘Financial Statements: Disclosures’.

Accounting policies
Turnover
Turnover represents income from advertising, subscriptions, sponsorship and delegate fees, net of value added tax. 
● Advertising revenues are recognised in the income statement on the date of publication.
● Subscription revenues are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the subscription.
● Sponsorship and delegate revenues are recognised in the income statement over the period the event is run.

Turnover invoiced but relating to future periods are deferred and treated as deferred income in the balance sheet.

Leased assets
Operating  lease  rentals  are  charged  to  the  profit  and  loss  account  on  a  straight  line  or  other  systematic  basis  as  allowed  by
SSAP 21 ‘Accounting for Leases and Hire Purchase Contracts’.

Pension schemes
Details  of  the  company’s  pension  schemes  are  set  out  in  note  27  to  the  group  accounts.  The  company  participates  in  the
Harmsworth Pension Scheme. It is unable to identify its share of the underlying assets and liabilities in this scheme. The defined
benefit  scheme  is  operated  on  an  aggregate  basis  with  no  segregation  of  the  assets  to  individual  participating  employers  and,
therefore, the same contribution rate is charged to all participating employers (i.e. the contribution rate charged to each employer
is affected by the experience of the scheme as a whole). The scheme is therefore accounted for as a defined contribution scheme
by the company. This means that the pension charge included in these financial statements is the same as the cash contributions
due in the period.

Tangible fixed assets
Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss.

Depreciation of tangible fixed assets is provided on the straight-line basis over their expected useful lives at the following rates 
per year:

Freehold land and buildings
Short-term leasehold premises
Office equipment

2%
over term of lease
11% - 33%

Goodwill
Where the company has divisionalised the unincorporated businesses of its subsidiaries, the investment in the subsidiary then has
the substance of goodwill and is reclassified accordingly. Goodwill arising in these circumstances is not amortised in the company
where the directors are of the view that the goodwill has an indefinite economic life, but is reviewed annually for impairment. The
non-amortisation of goodwill represents a departure from the Companies Act 1985 but is necessary to give a true and fair view
under the provisions of FRS 10 ‘Goodwill and Intangible Assets’. It is not possible to quantify the impact of this departure, as it
would depend on the life adopted. As at September 30 2008, the total of such goodwill was £2,765,000 (2007: £2,765,000).

94

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 95

1 Accounting policies continued
Taxation
Current tax, including UK corporation tax and foreign tax, is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using the tax
rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred taxation is calculated under the provisions of FRS 19 ‘Deferred Taxation’, and is provided in full on timing differences that
result in an obligation at the balance sheet date to pay more tax, or a right to pay less tax, at a future date, at rates expected to
apply when the timing differences crystallise based on current tax rates and law. Deferred tax is not provided on timing differences
on unremitted earnings of subsidiaries and associates where there is no commitment to remit these earnings. Deferred tax assets
are only recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that they will be recovered.

Foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange ruling at the date of the transaction or, if hedged forward,
at the rate of exchange of the related foreign exchange contract. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies
are translated into sterling at the rates ruling at the balance sheet date.

Derivatives and other financial instruments
The  company  uses  various  derivative  financial  instruments  to  manage  its  exposure  to  foreign  exchange  and  interest  rate  risks,
including forward foreign currency contracts and interest rate swaps.

All derivative instruments are recorded in the balance sheet at fair value. Recognition of gains or losses on derivative instruments
depends on whether the instrument is designated as a hedge and the type of exposure it is designed to hedge. 

The  effective  portion  of  gains  or  losses  on  cash  flow  hedges  are  deferred  in  equity  until  the  impact  from  the  hedged  item  is
recognised  in  the  profit  and  loss  account.  The  ineffective  portion  of  such  gains  and  losses  is  recognised  in  the  profit  and  loss
account immediately. 

Gains or losses on the qualifying part of net investment hedges are recognised in equity together with the gains and losses on the
underlying net investment. The ineffective portion of such gains and losses is recognised in the profit and loss account immediately.

Changes in the fair value of the derivative financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the
profit and loss account as they arise.

The premium or discount on interest rate instruments is recognised as part of net interest payable over the period of the contract.
Interest rate swaps are accounted for on an accruals basis.

Liabilities for put options over the remaining minority interests in subsidiaries are recorded in the balance sheet at their estimated
discounted present value. These discounts are unwound and charged to the income statement as notional interest over the period
up to the date of the potential future payment. In respect of options over further interests in joint ventures and associates, only
movements in their fair value are recognised.

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised and carried at original invoice amount, less provision for impairment. A provision is made and
charged to the profit and loss account when there is objective evidence that the company will not be able to collect all amounts
due according to the original terms.

Cash at bank and in hand
Cash  at  bank  and  in  hand  includes  cash,  short-term  deposits  and  other  short-term  highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original
maturity of three months or less.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are approved by the company’s shareholders. Interim dividends
are recorded in the period in which they are paid.

Provisions
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a
past  event,  and  it  is  probable  that  economic  benefits  will  be  required  to  settle  the  obligation.  If  it  is  material,  provisions  are
determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time
value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

95

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 96

Notes  to  the  Company  Accounts  continued

1 Accounting policies continued
Share-based payments
The company makes share-based payments to certain employees. These payments are measured at their estimated fair value at
the date of grant, calculated using an appropriate option pricing model. The fair value determined at the grant date is expensed
on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the estimate of the number of shares that will eventually vest. At the
period  end  the  vesting  assumptions  are  revisited  and  the  charge  associated  with  the  fair  value  of  these  options  updated.  In
accordance  with  the  transitional  provisions  of  FRS  20  ‘Share-based  payments’  has  been  applied  to  all  grants  of  options  after
November 7 2002, that were unvested at October 1 2004, the date of application of FRS 20.

2

Staff costs

Salaries, wages and incentives
Social security costs
Pension contributions
Share based compensation costs (note 13)

2008
£000’s

33,561
3,994
638
3,077

41,270

2007
£000’s

31,421
4,356
492
6,281

42,550

Details  of  directors’  remuneration  are  set  out  in  the  Directors'  Remuneration  Report  on  pages  30  to  41  and  in  note  6  of  the 
group accounts. 

The  ultimate  parent  company,  Daily  Mail  and  General  Trust  plc,  is  required  to  account  for  the  Harmsworth  Pension  Scheme 
under IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’. The IAS 19 disclosures in the Annual Report and Accounts of Daily Mail and General Trust plc
have been based on calculations performed as part of the work being carried out for the formal valuation of the scheme as at
March 31 2007, and adjusted to September 30 2008 by the actuary. The calculations are adjusted to allow for the assumptions 
and actuarial methodology required by IAS 19. These showed that the market value of the scheme’s assets was £1,322.5 million
(2007: £650.0 million) and that the actuarial value of these assets represented 99% (2007: 106%) of the benefits that had accrued
to members (also calculated in accordance with IAS 19). The valuations and disclosures required under IAS 19 for the financial
statements of Daily Mail and General Trust plc are not materially different to the valuations and disclosures required under FRS 17.

The group is unable to identify its share of the underlying assets and liabilities in the Harmsworth Pension Scheme. The scheme is
operated on an aggregate basis with no segregation of the assets to individual participating employers and, therefore, the same
contribution rate is charged to all participating employers (i.e. the contribution rate charged to each employer is affected by the
experience of the schemes as a whole). The scheme is therefore accounted for as a defined contribution scheme by the company.
This means that the pension charge reported in these financial statements is the same as the cash contributions due in the period.

3 Number of staff

Financial publishing
Business publishing
Training
Conferences and seminars
Databases and information services
Central

4 Remuneration of auditors

Parent company audit fee

96

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

2008
Average

2007
Average

202
148
96
113
38
213

810

2008
£000’s

593

174
85
89
90
16
208

662

2007
£000’s

491

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 97

5

Intangible assets

Cost at October 1 2007 and September 30 2008

Amortisation at October 1 2007 and September 30 2008

Net book value at September 30 2007 and September 30 2008

The company does not amortise its goodwill (note 1).

6

Tangible assets

Cost
At September 30 2007
Additions
Disposals

At September 30 2008

Depreciation
At September 30 2007
Charge for the year
Disposals

At September 30 2008

Net book value at September 30 2008

Net book value at September 30 2007

7

Investments

At October 1 2007
Addition

At September 30 2008

Freehold
land and
buildings
£000’s

Short-term 
leasehold 
premises
£000’s

Office 
equipment
£000’s

5,045
2,457
(1,145)

6,357

19
58
(40)

37

6,320

5,026

8,751
163
(2)

8,912

2,618
605
(12)

3,211

5,701

6,133

8,510
489
(688)

8,311

5,924
565
(620)

5,869

2,442

2,586

Investments 
in associated 
undertakings
£000’s

29
–

29

Subsidiaries
£000’s

456,092
202,377

658,469

Goodwill
£000’s

5,050

2,285

2,765

Total
£000’s

22,306
3,109
(1,835)

23,580

8,561
1,228
(672)

9,117

14,463

13,745

Total
£000’s

456,121
202,377

658,498

Details of the principal subsidiary and associated undertakings of the company at September 30 2008 can be found in note 13 to
the group accounts.

8 Debtors

Due within one year:
Trade debtors
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings
Other debtors
Deferred tax (note 11)
Prepayments and accrued income

2008
£000’s

11,584
107,455
343
6,296
2,573

128,251

2007
£000’s

14,309
92,315
108
3,826
3,794

114,352

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

97

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 98

Notes  to  the  Company  Accounts  continued

9 Creditors

Due within one year:
Committed facility
Bank overdraft
Trade creditors
Amounts owed to DMGT group undertakings
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings
Other creditors
Corporation tax
Other taxation and social security
Derivative financial instruments (note 16)
Acquisition option commitments
Loan notes
Provisions (note 10)

Due after more than one year:
Committed facility
Provisions (note 10)
Accruals
Deferred income
Derivative financial instruments (note 16)

10 Provisions

At October 1 2007
Provision
Used in the year

At September 30 2008

Maturity profile of provisions:
Within 1 year
Between 1 and 2 years
Between 2 and 5 years

2008
£000’s

184,594
5,880
1,582
158,947
120,817
3,484
1,892
1,101
5,006
978
7,579
1,198

493,058

2008
£000’s

–
2,872
24,997
22,784
9,124

59,777

Other 
provisions
£000’s

4,155
583
(668)

4,070

2008
£000’s

1,198
1,198
1,674

4,070

2007
£000’s

–
3,483
1,048
4,142
61,166
5,460
4,288
1,820
605
978
11,796
1,237

96,023

2007
£000’s

213,559
2,940
22,165
10,617
1,373

250,654

Total
£000’s

4,177
583
(690)

4,070

2007
£000’s

1,237
714
2,226

4,177

Onerous
lease
provision
£000’s

22
–
(22)

–

Onerous lease provision
The onerous lease provision relates to certain buildings within the property portfolio which either through acquisition were rented
at non-market rates or are no longer occupied by the group.

Other provisions
Management have reclassified certain provisions previously included within trade and other payables to provisions to better reflect
the  classification  of  the  creditor.  The  provision  consists  of  social  security  arising  on  share  option  liabilities  and  dilapidations  on
leasehold properties.

98

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 99

11 Deferred tax
The deferred tax asset at September 30 2008 comprised:

Accelerated capital allowances
Other short-term timing differences

Provision for deferred tax

Movement in deferred tax:

Deferred tax asset at October 1
Deferred tax charge in the profit and loss account
Deferred tax charge to equity

Deferred tax asset at September 30

2008
£000’s

(723)
7,019

6,296

£000’s

3,826
1,707
763

6,296

2007
£000’s

(224)
4,050

3,826

£000’s

3,181
645
–

3,826

A deferred tax asset of £6,296,000 (2007: £3,826,000) has been recognised in respect of depreciation in excess of UK capital
allowances and other short-term timing differences. The directors are of the opinion that based on recent and forecast trading,
the level of profits in future years are more likely than not to be sufficient to enable the asset to be recovered.

12 Share capital

Authorised
137,365,200 ordinary shares of 0.25p each
(2007: 137,365,200 ordinary shares of 0.25p each)

Allotted, called up and fully paid
105,300,896 ordinary shares of 0.25p each
(2007: 102,972,478 ordinary shares of 0.25p each)

2008

£000’s

343

2007

£000’s

343

263

258

During the year, 2,328,418 ordinary shares of 0.25p each (2007: 107,049 ordinary shares) with an aggregate nominal value of
£5,821 (2007: £268) were issued for a cash consideration of £71,680 (2007: £428,076) following the exercise of share options
granted under the company’s share option schemes.

13 Share based payments
An  explanation  of  the  company’s  share  based  payment  arrangements  are  set  out  in  the  Directors’  Remuneration  Report  on
page 32. The number of shares under option, the fair value per option granted and the assumptions used to determine their values
is given in note 23 to the group accounts. Their dilutive effect on the number of weighted average shares of the company is given
in note 10 to the group accounts.

Equity settled options
The executive and Save as You Earn Options were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatility was
determined by calculating the historical volatility of the group’s share price over a 13 year period. The executive options’ fair values
have been discounted at a rate of 10% to reflect their performance conditions. The expected term of the option used in the model
has  been  adjusted,  based  on  management’s  best  estimate,  for  the  effects  of  non-transferability,  exercise  restrictions  and
behavioural considerations. The expense recognised in the year in respect of these options was £281,000 (2007: £202,000).

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

99

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 100

Notes  to  the  Company  Accounts  continued

13 Share based payments continued

Date of grant

Executive Options

SAYE

December 4
2002

January 28 
2004

6
January 4 
2005

7
February 1 
2006

8
January 5 
2007

9
December 17 
2007

259
Market value at date of grant (p)
259
Option price (p)
Number of share options outstanding 174,000
Option life (years)
10
Expected term of option

(grant to exercise (years))

Exercise price (p)
Risk-free rate
Dividend yield
Volatility
Fair value per option (£)

5.5
259
4.10%
3.93%
30%
0.52

419
419
157,000
10

5.5
419
4.10%
3.93%
30%
0.72

423
338
1,121
3.5

3
338
4.80%
3.35%
30%
1.22

461
369
70,869
3.5

3
369
4.80%
3.35%
30%
1.24

524
419
70,138
3.5

3
419
4.75%
3.35%
30%
1.51

397
318
92,312
3.5

3
318
4.25%
3.35%
30%
1.13

Capital Appreciation Plan (CAP)
The Capital Appreciation Plan (CAP) options were valued using a fair value model that adjusted the share price at the date of grant
for the net present value of expected future dividend streams up to the date of expected exercise. The expected term of the option
used  in  the  models  has  been  adjusted,  based  on  management’s  best  estimate,  for  the  effects  of  non-transferability,  exercise
restrictions  and  behavioural  considerations.  The  share  based  expense  in  the  year  for  the  CAP  options  was  £2,796,000
(2007: £6,079,000).

Date of grant

Market value at date of grant (p)
Option price (p)
Number of share options outstanding
Option life (years)
Expected term of option (grant to exercise (years))
Exercise price (p)
Risk-free rate
Dividend growth
Fair value per option (£)

Tranche 1
June 20
2005

401
0.25
166,013
10
3.28
0.25
5.0%
8.44%
3.28

CAP
Tranche 2
June 20
2005

401
0.25
1,501,029
10
4.53
0.25
5.0%
8.44%
3.02

Tranche 3
June 20
2005

401
0.25
1,501,029
10
5.53
0.25
5.0%
8.44%
2.82

The following options are outstanding at September 30 and are options to subscribe for new ordinary shares of 0.25p each:

Outstanding at October 1
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
Expired during the year

Outstanding at September 30

2008
Number of
share options

2,086,123
1,620,439
(1,354,214)
(119,866)

2007
Number of 
share options

592,533
1,641,607
(28,249)
(119,768)

2,232,482

2,086,123

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the year was £3.80 (2007: £5.88). The
options outstanding at September 30 2008 had a weighted average exercise price of £1.95 (2007: £2.12), and a weighted average
remaining contractual life of 4.0 years (2007: 4.8 years).

100 Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 101

14 Statement of movement on reserves

Share
premium
account
£000’s

38,081
–

Capital
Other redemption
reserve
£000’s

reserve
£000’s

–
–

At September 30 2006
Retained profit for the year
Premium on shares issued for

acquisition of Metal Bulletin plc
Change in fair value of available for

sale investments

Gain on cash flow hedges
Credit for share-based payments
Dividends paid
Exercise of share options
Tax on items going through reserves

At September 30 2007
Retained profit for the year
Gain on cash flow hedges
Credit for share-based payments
Dividends paid
Exercise of share options
Tax on items going through reserves

–

64,981

–
–
–
–
428
–

38,509
–
–
–
–
66
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

64,981
–
–
–
–
–
–

At September 30 2008

38,575

64,981

Liability
for share
based
payment
£000’s

Own
shares
£000’s

Fair
value
reserves
£000’s

Profit
and loss
account
£000’s

Total 
£000’s

(74)
–

2,893
–

405
–

41,125
112,357

84,280
112,357

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

(74)
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–

64,981

–
–
6,281
–
–
–

9,174
–
–
3,077
–
–
–

(405)
(552)
–
–
–
(499)

(1,051)
–
(6,537)
–
–
–
1,302

–
–
–
(18,110)
–
–

135,372
37,201
–
–
(19,950)
–
66

(405)
(552)
6,281
(18,110)
428
(499)

248,761
37,201
(6,537)
3,077
(19,950)
66
1,368

(74)

12,251

(6,286) 152,689 263,986

Capital
reserve
£000’s

1,842
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

1,842
–
–
–
–
–
–

1,842

8
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

8
–
–
–
–
–
–

8

The investment in own shares is held by the Euromoney Employees’ Share Ownership Trust (ESOT). At September 30 2008 the
ESOT held 58,976 shares (2007: 58,976 shares) carried at a historic cost of £1.25 per share with a market value of £192,000 (2007:
£312,000), and waived the rights to receive dividends. Interest and administrative costs are charged to the profit and loss account
of the ESOT as incurred.

Of the reserves above £12,251,000 of the liability for share based payments and £51,126,000 of the profit and loss account is
distributable to equity shareholders of the company. The remaining balance of £101,563,000 is not distributable.

15 Commitments
At  September  30  the  company  has  committed  to  make  the  following  payments  in  respect  of  operating  leases  on  land
and buildings:

Operating leases which expire:
Within one year
Between two and five years
Over five years

2008
£000’s

148
17
892

2007
£000’s

65
100
892

1,057

1,057

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 101

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 102

Notes  to  the  Company  Accounts  continued

16 Financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments
The derivative financial assets/(liabilities) at September 30 2008 comprised:

Interest rate swaps
Forward foreign exchange contracts - cash flow hedge
Forward foreign exchange contracts - net investment
Currency swap with subsidiary undertakings

Current portion

Non-current portion

2008

2007

Assets
£000’s

296
996
–
11,815

13,107

12,918

189

Liabilities
£000’s

(3,207)
(10,064)
(859)
–

(14,130)

(5,006)

(9,124)

Assets
£000’s

594
8,119
–
–

8,713

3,625

5,088

Liabilities
£000’s

(1,190)
(788)
–
–

(1,978)

(605)

(1,373)

As at September 30 2008, the aggregate amount of unrealised losses under forward foreign exchange contracts deferred in the
fair value reserve relating to future revenue transactions is £4,438,000 (2007: £nil). It is anticipated that the revenue transactions
will take place during the next 48 months at which stage the amount deferred in equity will be released in the income statement.
The ineffective portion recognised directly in the company’s profit or loss that arose from cash flow hedges in the year was a loss
of £11,961,000 (2007: gain £7,331,000). 

As at September 30 2008 all net investment hedges were classified as effective.

The  company  holds  all  the  interest  rate  swaps  for  the  group  and  full  details  regarding  these  can  be  found  in  note  18  to  the
group accounts.

There were no derivatives outstanding at the balance sheet date that were designated as fair value hedges.

Hedge of net investment in foreign entity 
The company has US dollar denominated borrowings which it has designated as a hedge of the net investment of its subsidiaries
which have US Dollars as their functional currency. The change in fair value of these hedges resulted in an increased liability of
£12,936,000 (2007: £nil). The ineffective portion of these hedges was £2,563,000 (2007: £nil) and has been charged to profit and
loss account, the remaining portion has been deferred in reserves and will only be recognised in the company’s profit and loss
account if the related investment is sold. 

Fair values of non-derivative financial assets and financial liabilities 
Where market values are not available, fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities have been calculated by discounting
expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates and by applying year end exchange rates. The carrying amounts of short-
term borrowings approximate the book value. 

17 Reconciliation of movements in equity shareholders’ funds

Profit for the financial year
Dividends paid

Issue of shares
Gains on cash flow hedges
Tax on items taken directly to equity
Change in fair value of available for sale investments
Credit to equity for share based payments

Net increase in equity shareholders’ funds

Opening equity shareholders’ funds

Closing equity shareholders’ funds

102 Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

2008
£000’s

37,201
(19,950)

2007
£000’s

112,357
(18,110)

17,251

94,247

71
(6,537)
1,368
–
3,077

65,445
(552)
(499)
(405)
6,281

15,230

164,517

249,019

264,249

84,502

249,019

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 103

18 Related party transactions
Related party transactions and balances are detailed below:

(i) The company has a £300 million multi-currency credit facility with DMG Jersey Finance Limited. As at September 30 2008 
the  amount  owing  under  the  facility  was:  $243,155,000  (£136,413,000)  ((2007:  $266,000,000  (£130,559,000)),  and
£48,181,000 (2007: £83,000,000). A commitment fee of £191,000 (2007: £830,000) was paid on the unused portion of the
available facility. 

(ii) The group expensed £237,400 (2007: £132,000) for services provided by Daily Mail and General Trust plc.

(iii) In September 2008, the group agreed a new loan facility from Daily Mail & General Investment Limited. The amount owing
at September 30 2008 was US$40,315,000 (£22,617,000) which includes accrued interest. The balance is repayable within
one month of demand and bears interest at the US prime rate.

(iv) In  April  2008,  the  group  agreed  a  new  loan  facility  from  Daily  Mail  and  General  Holdings  Limited.  The  amount  owing  at
September 30 2008 was £133,155,000 which includes accrued interest. The balance is repayable in October 2008 and bears
interest 0.34% above LIBOR. 

(v) At September 30 2008 the company had £154,788,000 (2007: £163,163,000) fixed rate interest rate swaps outstanding with
Daily Mail and General Holdings Limited amounting to $185,000,000 (2007: $200,000,000) at interest rates between 3.3%
and  5.4%  and  termination  dates  between  March  30  2009  and  March  28  2013  and  £51,000,000  (2007:  £65,000,000)  at
interest rates between 4.9% and 6.3% and termination dates between March 30 2009 and September 28 2012. During the
year the company paid $1,263,000 (2007: received $2,346,000) and received £124,000 (2007: £51,000) of interest from Daily
Mail and General Holdings Limited in respect of interest rate swaps.

19 Post balance sheet event
The directors propose a final dividend of 13.0p per share (2007: 13.0p) totalling £13,689,000 (2007: £13,386,000) for the year
ended  September  30  2008.  The  dividend  will  be  submitted  for  formal  approval  at  the  Annual  General  Meeting  to  be  held  on
January 28 2009. In accordance with FRS 21 ‘Post balance sheet events’, these financial statements do not reflect this dividend
payable but will be accounted for in shareholders’ equity as an appropriation of retained earnings in the year ending September
30 2009. During 2008, a final dividend of 13.0p (2007: 11.6p) per share totalling £13,388,000 (2007: £11,943,000) was paid in
respect of the dividend declared for the year ended September 30 2007.

20 Ultimate parent undertaking and controlling party
The directors regard the ultimate parent undertaking as Rothermere Continuation Limited, which is incorporated in Bermuda. The
ultimate controlling party is The Viscount Rothermere. The largest and smallest group of which the company is a member and for
which group accounts are drawn up is that of Daily Mail and General Trust plc, incorporated in Great Britain and registered in
England and Wales. Copies of the report and accounts are available from:

The Company Secretary
Daily Mail and General Trust plc
Northcliffe House, 2 Derry Street
London W8 5TT

www.dmgt.co.uk

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 103

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 104

Five  Year  Record

Group income statement extracts

UK GAAP

2004
£000’s

2005
£000’s

IFRS

2006
£000’s

2007
£000’s

2008
£000’s 

Revenue

174,654

196,266

222,276

305,594

332,064

43,812
n/a
(144)
(4,428)
(716)

38,524
1,208

39,732
(4,498)

35,234

3,512

38,746
–

38,746

37,430
1,316

38,746

42.11p
41.90p
28.61p

78,606
n/a
(15,716)
(10,176)
855

53,569
490

54,059
(12,931)

41,128

(8,223)

32,905
500

33,405

31,822
1,583

33,405

30.66p
29.86p
35.04p

81,308
n/a
(12,749)
(5,361)
(2,477)

60,721
308

61,029
(23,603)

37,426

7,279

44,705
245

44,950

43,719
1,231

44,950

41.69p
40.37p
44.36p

Operating profit before acquired
intangible amortisation, share
option expense and exceptional items

Goodwill amortisation
Acquired intangible amortisation
Share option expense
Exceptional items

Operating profit before associates

and joint ventures

Share of results in associates and joint ventures

Operating profit
Net finance costs

Profit before tax
Tax credit/(expense) on profit on ordinary

30,606
(7,534)
–
–
–

23,072
373

23,445
(2,954)

20,491

39,348
n/a
–
(1,380)
(315)

37,653
624

38,277
(3,843)

34,434

activities

(3,899)

(2,417)

Profit after tax from continuing operations
Profit from discontinued operations

16,592
–

16,592

16,014
578

16,592

18.22p
18.16p
26.71p

32,017
–

32,017

30,181
1,836

32,017

34.19p
34.10p
26.28

Profit for the year

Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent
Equity minority interests

Profit for the financial year

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Adjusted diluted earnings per share
Diluted weighted average number of

ordinary shares

Dividend per share

Group balance sheet extracts
Intangible assets
Non-current assets
Accruals
Deferred income liability
Other net current assets/(liabilities)
Non-current liabilities

Net assets/(liabilities)

88,160,349
15.00p

88,508,359
16.20p

89,340,024
17.00p

104,888,887
19.00p

107,687,024
19.25p

60,989
7,766
(18,569)
(35,317)
(66,093)
(11,186)

(62,410)

66,508
27,647
(23,225)
(37,491)
3,924
(73,313)

(35,950)

71,598
63,406
(29,478)
(45,324)
7,334
(94,310)

(26,774)

380,022
38,129
(43,424)
(73,382)
23,965
(269,530)

407,578
41,318
(50,016)
(89,488)
(171,290)
(50,038)

55,780

88,064

The income statements, earnings per share and dividends per share for 2005, 2006, 2007, and 2008 have been prepared under
IFRS.  2004  and  earlier  periods  have  not  been  adjusted  from  UK  GAAP  as  it  is  not  practicable  to  restate  these  years  reports  in
accordance with IFRS. Due to differences between IFRS and UK GAAP, there are some comparative inconsistencies in the above
tables. Refer to the group’s September 30 2006 annual report, note 29 for an indication of the adjustments to comply with IFRS.

104 Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 105

Fina nc ial   Calen dar  and  Shareholder  Information

2008 final results announcement

Thursday November 13 2008

Final dividend ex-dividend date

Wednesday November 19 2008

Final dividend record date

Friday November 21 2008

2009 AGM (approval of final dividend)

Wednesday January 28 2009

Payment of final dividend

Wednesday February 4 2009

2009 interim results announcement

Thursday May 14 2009

Interim dividend ex-dividend date

Wednesday May 20 2009

Interim dividend record date

Friday May 22 2009

Payment of 2009 interim dividend

Monday June 22 2009*

2009 final results announcement

Thursday November 12 2009

Holders of International Depositary Receipts can receive their:
Final 2008 year end dividend from
Interim 2009 dividend from

Wednesday February 4 2009
Monday June 22 2009*

Loan note interest paid to holders of loan notes on:

Wednesday December 31 2008
Tuesday June 30 2009

* Provisional dates and are subject to change.

Shareholder queries
Administrative enquiries about the holding of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC shares should be directed in the first instance
to the company’s Registrar whose address is:

Capita Registrars
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent
BR3 4TU

Telephone: 0870 162 3100 (Calls cost 10p per minute plus network extras)
(from outside the UK: +44 (0) 20 8639 3399)

E-mail: ssd@capitaregistrars.com
www.capitaregistrars.com

Loan note redemption information
Loan notes can be redeemed twice a year on the interest payment dates above by depositing the Notice of Repayment 
printed on the Loan Note Certificate at the company’s registered office. At least 20 business days’ written notice prior to the
redemption date is required.

Registered office
Nestor House
Playhouse Yard
London
EC4V 5EX

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 105

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 106

Shareholder’s  Notes

106 Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 107

Shareholder’s  Notes

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 107

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 108

Shareholder’s  Notes

108 Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

80766 notes  8/12/08  19:07  Page 109

80766 Cover   8/12/08  18:53  Page 1

www.euromoneyplc.com

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC
Nestor House, Playhouse Yard,
London EC4V 5EX

Annual Report & Accounts 2008

Euromoney
Institutional
Investor PLC

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

&
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

2
0
0
8

E
u
r
o
m
o
n
e
y

I
n
s
t
i
t
u
t
i
o
n
a
l

I
n
v
e
s
t
o
r

P
L
C